Pandemic Darlings The pandemic economy, in original documents
Home Source documents Northern Mariana Islands Small Business Access Act

Northern Mariana Islands Small Business Access Act

Issuer
Congressional materials
Document type
Crpt 119Hrpt402
Case
Crpt 119Hrpt402

Summary

House Report 119–402, the Committee on Small Business report on H.R. 3496, the Northern Mariana Islands Small Business Access Act, submitted by Mr. Williams of Texas and ordered printed December 12, 2025, together with minority views. It reports the bill favorably with an amendment in the nature of a substitute that would amend section 7(m)(7)(B) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 636(m)(7)(B)) to add the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands to the Small Business Administration Microloan program and strike 1/55 in favor of 1/56. The report states the bill was introduced May 19, 2025 by Delegate King-Hinds, that the committee held a hearing September 16, 2025, and that it voted 27 ayes to 0 nos on November 18, 2025 to report the bill as amended. It records that no Congressional Budget Office cost estimate had been received when the report was filed.

Summary drafted by a model from the document's text below and checked by script against that text before publication. It is a navigation aid, not a reading of what the document proves. Where AI is used

Cite this document

“Northern Mariana Islands Small Business Access Act.” Archived at Pandemic Darlings, https://pandemicdarlings.com/source-documents/crpt-119hrpt402/, SHA-256 6eb245cddff1087111c58f6f3067a074335782b981040713257ec9eb622a2fc3.

Full text

                                                                                    119TH CONGRESS                                                                                               REPORT
                                                                                                   " HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES                                                            !
                                                                                       1st Session                                                                                               119–402




                                                                                     NORTHERN MARIANA ISLANDS SMALL BUSINESS ACCESS
                                                                                                          ACT



                                                                                    DECEMBER 12, 2025.—Committed to the Committee of the Whole House on the State
                                                                                                       of the Union and ordered to be printed




                                                                                          Mr. WILLIAMS of Texas, from the Committee on Small Business,
                                                                                                            submitted the following


                                                                                                                                       R E P O R T
                                                                                                                                           together with

                                                                                                                                     MINORITY VIEWS

                                                                                                                                   [To accompany H.R. 3496]

                                                                                      The Committee on Small Business, to whom was referred the bill
                                                                                    (H.R. 3496) to amend the Small Business Act for microloan eligi-
                                                                                    bility for the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, and
                                                                                    for other purposes, having considered the same, reports favorably
                                                                                    thereon with an amendment and recommends that the bill as
                                                                                    amended do pass.
                                                                                                                                              CONTENTS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Page
                                                                                             I. Purpose and Bill Summary ........................................................................                    2
                                                                                            II. Need for Legislation ....................................................................................            2
                                                                                          III. Hearings .......................................................................................................      2
                                                                                           IV. Committee Consideration ...........................................................................                   2
                                                                                            V. Committee Votes .........................................................................................             2
                                                                                           VI. Section-by-Section of H.R. 3496 .................................................................                     5
                                                                                          VII. Congressional Budget Office Cost Estimate .............................................                               5
                                                                                         VIII. New Budget Authority, Entitlement Authority, and Tax Expenditures                                                     5
                                                                                           IX. Oversight Findings & Recommendations ..................................................                               5
                                                                                            X. Performance Goals and Objectives ............................................................                         5
                                                                                           XI. Statement of Duplication of Federal Programs ........................................                                 5
                                                                                          XII. Congressional Earmarks, Limited Tax Benefits, and Limited Tariff
                                                                                                  Benefits .....................................................................................................     6
                                                                                         XIII. Federal Mandates Statement .....................................................................                      6




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                         XIV. Federal Advisory Committee Statement ...................................................                               6
                                                                                          XV. Applicability to Legislative Branch ...........................................................                        6
                                                                                         XVI. Statement of Constitutional Authority ......................................................                           6
                                                                                             69–006




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   18:05 Jan 04, 2026     Jkt 069006      PO 00000       Frm 00001       Fmt 6659      Sfmt 6646      E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX            HR402
                                                                                                                                                2
                                                                                     XVII. Changes in Existing Law Made by the Bill, as Reported ........................                                 6
                                                                                    XVIII. Minority Views ............................................................................................   98
                                                                                         The amendment is as follows:
                                                                                         Strike all after the enacting clause and insert the following:
                                                                                    SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.
                                                                                      This Act may be cited as the ‘‘Northern Mariana Islands Small Business Access
                                                                                    Act’’.
                                                                                    SEC. 2. INCLUSION OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF THE NORTHERN MARIANA ISLANDS IN THE
                                                                                               MICROLOAN PROGRAM.
                                                                                      (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 7(m)(7)(B) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C.
                                                                                    636(m)(7)(B)) is amended—
                                                                                           (1) by inserting ‘‘, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands’’ after
                                                                                        ‘‘Guam’’ each place it appears; and
                                                                                           (2) in clause (i)(I)(bb), by striking ‘‘1⁄55’’ and inserting ‘‘1⁄56’’.
                                                                                      (b) TECHNICAL AMENDMENT.—Section 7(m)(11)(C)(ii) of the Small Business Act (15
                                                                                    U.S.C. 636(m)(11)(C)(ii)) is amended by striking ‘‘rural’’ and all that follows through
                                                                                    the end of the clause and inserting ‘‘rural; and’’.

                                                                                                                     I. PURPOSE AND BILL SUMMARY
                                                                                      On May 19, 2025, Delegate King-Hinds, introduced H.R. 3496,
                                                                                    Northern Mariana Islands Small Business Access Act. H.R. 3496 al-
                                                                                    lows for the inclusion of the Commonwealth of the Northern Mar-
                                                                                    iana Islands (CNMI) in the U.S. Small Business Administration
                                                                                    (SBA) Microloan program.
                                                                                                                         II. NEED FOR LEGISLATION
                                                                                      The SBA Microloan Program allows funds to intermediary lend-
                                                                                    ers to offer loans up to $50,000 to help small businesses start and
                                                                                    expand. The Small Business Act specifies that microloan funds are
                                                                                    available to intermediaries in each state, the District of Columbia,
                                                                                    the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, and
                                                                                    American Samoa. However, CNMI is omitted. This bill allows for
                                                                                    the inclusion of CNMI into the program.
                                                                                                                                    III. HEARINGS
                                                                                      On September 16, 2025, the Committee on Small Business held
                                                                                    a hearing examining matters related to H.R. 3496 entitled ‘‘Path-
                                                                                    way to Capital: The Role of SBA Lending in Supporting Main
                                                                                    Street America.’’
                                                                                                                    IV. COMMITTEE CONSIDERATION
                                                                                      The Committee on Small Business met in open session, with a
                                                                                    quorum being present, on November 18, 2025, and ordered H.R.
                                                                                    3496, as amended, to be reported favorably to the House of Rep-
                                                                                    resentatives by a roll call vote of 27 ayes to 0 nos.
                                                                                                                              V. COMMITTEE VOTES
                                                                                       Clause 3(b) of rule XIII of the Rules of the House of Representa-
                                                                                    tives requires the Committee to list the recorded votes on the mo-
                                                                                    tion to report legislation and amendments thereto. The Committee




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                    voted to favorably report H.R. 3496, as amended, to the House of
                                                                                    Representatives at 11:43 AM.
                                                                                       The Committee considered the following amendments to H.R.
                                                                                    3496:




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   18:05 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006    PO 00000      Frm 00002      Fmt 6659     Sfmt 6602      E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX          HR402
                                                                                                                                        3

                                                                                              • Delegate King-Hinds offered an amendment in the nature
                                                                                           of a substitute. This amendment was adopted by voice vote.




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   18:05 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00003   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        4




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT

                                                                                                                                                                                 Insert offset folio 4 here HR402.001


                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00004   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        5

                                                                                                           VI. SECTION-BY-SECTION OF H.R. 3496
                                                                                    Section 1—Short title
                                                                                      This Act may be cited as the ‘‘Northern Mariana Islands Small
                                                                                    Business Access Act.’’
                                                                                    Section 2—Inclusion of the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana
                                                                                        Islands in the microloan program
                                                                                      This section amends the Small Business Act by inserting ‘‘the
                                                                                    Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands’’ after ‘‘Guam’’ in
                                                                                    each place where it appears in statute.
                                                                                      To account for the inclusion of CNMI, this section requires the
                                                                                    SBA to raise the minimum distribution of microloan funding from
                                                                                    55 to 56 states and territories.
                                                                                                VII. CONGRESSIONAL BUDGET OFFICE COST ESTIMATE
                                                                                      Pursuant to 3(c)(3) of rule XIII of the Rules of the House of Rep-
                                                                                    resentatives, the Committee adopts as its own the cost estimate
                                                                                    prepared by the Director of the Congressional Budget Office pursu-
                                                                                    ant to section 402 of the Congressional Budget Act of 1974. At the
                                                                                    time this report was filed, the Committee has requested but not re-
                                                                                    ceived a cost estimate from the Director of the Congressional Budg-
                                                                                    et Office.
                                                                                    VIII. NEW BUDGET AUTHORITY, ENTITLEMENT AUTHORITY, AND TAX
                                                                                                          EXPENDITURES
                                                                                       Pursuant to clause 3(c)(2) of rule XIII of the Rules of the House
                                                                                    of Representatives and section 308(a)(I) of the Congressional Budg-
                                                                                    et Act of 1974, the Committee provides the following opinion and
                                                                                    estimate with respect to new budget authority, entitlement author-
                                                                                    ity, and tax expenditures. While the Committee has not received an
                                                                                    estimate of new budget authority contained in the cost estimate
                                                                                    prepared by the Director of the Congressional Budget Office pursu-
                                                                                    ant to section 402 of the Congressional Budget Act of 1974, the
                                                                                    Committee does not believe that there will be any new or increased
                                                                                    costs attributable to this legislation.
                                                                                                      IX. OVERSIGHT FINDINGS & RECOMMENDATIONS
                                                                                      In accordance with clause 3(c)(1) of rule XIII and clause 2(b)(1)
                                                                                    of rule X of the Rules of the House of Representatives, the over-
                                                                                    sight findings and recommendations of the Committee on Small
                                                                                    Business with respect to the subject matter contained in H.R. 3496
                                                                                    are incorporated into the descriptive portions of this report.
                                                                                                         X. PERFORMANCE GOALS AND OBJECTIVES
                                                                                       With respect to the requirements of clause 3(c)(4) of rule XIII of
                                                                                    the Rules of the House of Representatives, the goal of H.R. 3496
                                                                                    is to include CNMI into the SBA microloan program.
                                                                                              XI. STATEMENT OF DUPLICATION OF FEDERAL PROGRAMS




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                      Pursuant to clause 3(c)(5) of rule XIII of the Rules of the House
                                                                                    of Representatives, no provision of H.R. 3496 is known to be dupli-
                                                                                    cative of another Federal program, including any program that was




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00005   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                         6

                                                                                    included in a report to Congress pursuant to section 21 of Public
                                                                                    Law 111–139 or the most recent Catalog of Federal Domestic As-
                                                                                    sistance.
                                                                                          XII. CONGRESSIONAL EARMARKS, LIMITED TAX BENEFITS, AND
                                                                                                          LIMITED TARIFF BENEFITS
                                                                                      With respect to clause 9 of rule XXI of the Rules of the House
                                                                                    of Representatives, the Committee finds that the bill does not con-
                                                                                    tain any congressional earmarks, limited tax benefits, or limited
                                                                                    tariff benefits as defined in clause 9(e), 9(f), or 9(g) of rule XXI of
                                                                                    the Rules of the House of Representatives.
                                                                                                            XIII. FEDERAL MANDATES STATEMENT
                                                                                       The Committee will adopt as its own the estimate of the Federal
                                                                                    mandates prepared by the Director of the Congressional Budget Of-
                                                                                    fice pursuant to section 423 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act.
                                                                                                      XIV. FEDERAL ADVISORY COMMITTEE STATEMENT
                                                                                      No advisory committees within the meaning of section 5(b) of the
                                                                                    Federal Advisory Committee Act were created by this legislation.
                                                                                                        XV. APPLICABILITY TO LEGISLATIVE BRANCH
                                                                                      The Committee finds that the legislation does not relate to the
                                                                                    terms and conditions of employment or access to public services or
                                                                                    accommodations within the meaning of section 102(b)(3) of the Con-
                                                                                    gressional Accountability Act.
                                                                                                      XVI. STATEMENT OF CONSTITUTIONAL AUTHORITY
                                                                                       Pursuant to clause 7 of rule XII of the Rules of the House, the
                                                                                    Committee finds that the authority for this legislation in Art. I, § 8,
                                                                                    cl. 1 of the Constitution of the United States.
                                                                                     XVII. CHANGES IN EXISTING LAW MADE BY THE BILL, AS REPORTED
                                                                                      In compliance with clause 3(e) of rule XIII of the Rules of the
                                                                                    House of Representatives, changes in existing law made by the bill,
                                                                                    as reported, are shown as follows (existing law proposed to be omit-
                                                                                    ted is enclosed in black brackets, new matter is printed in italics,
                                                                                    and existing law in which no change is proposed is shown in
                                                                                    roman):
                                                                                          CHANGES IN EXISTING LAW MADE BY THE BILL, AS REPORTED
                                                                                      In compliance with clause 3(e) of rule XIII of the Rules of the
                                                                                    House of Representatives, changes in existing law made by the bill,
                                                                                    as reported, are shown as follows (existing law proposed to be omit-
                                                                                    ted is enclosed in black brackets, new matter is printed in italics,
                                                                                    and existing law in which no change is proposed is shown in
                                                                                    roman):




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                                    SMALL BUSINESS ACT

                                                                                                *            *            *              *           *          *           *




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006    PO 00000   Frm 00006   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        7

                                                                                      SEC. 7. (a) LOANS TO SMALL BUSINESS CONCERNS; ALLOWABLE
                                                                                    PURPOSES; QUALIFIED BUSINESS; RESTRICTIONS AND LIMITATIONS.—
                                                                                    The Administration is empowered to the extent and in such
                                                                                    amounts as provided in advance in appropriation Acts to make
                                                                                    loans for plant acquisition, construction, conversion, or expansion,
                                                                                    including the acquisition of land, material, supplies, equipment,
                                                                                    and working capital, and to make loans to any qualified small busi-
                                                                                    ness concern, including those owned by qualified Indian tribes, for
                                                                                    purposes of this Act. Such financings may be made either directly
                                                                                    or in cooperation with banks or other financial institutions through
                                                                                    agreements to participate on an immediate or deferred (guaran-
                                                                                    teed) basis. These powers shall be subject, however, to the fol-
                                                                                    lowing restrictions, limitations, and provisions:
                                                                                           (1) IN GENERAL.—
                                                                                                (A) CREDIT ELSEWHERE.—
                                                                                                     (i) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator has the author-
                                                                                                  ity to direct, and conduct oversight for, the methods by
                                                                                                  which lenders determine whether a borrower is able to
                                                                                                  obtain credit elsewhere. No financial assistance shall
                                                                                                  be extended pursuant to this subsection if the appli-
                                                                                                  cant can obtain credit elsewhere. No immediate par-
                                                                                                  ticipation may be purchased unless it is shown that a
                                                                                                  deferred participation is not available; and no direct fi-
                                                                                                  nancing may be made unless it is shown that a par-
                                                                                                  ticipation is not available.
                                                                                                     (ii) LIQUIDITY.—On and after October 1, 2015, the
                                                                                                  Administrator may not guarantee a loan under this
                                                                                                  subsection if the lender determines that the borrower
                                                                                                  is unable to obtain credit elsewhere solely because the
                                                                                                  liquidity of the lender depends upon the guaranteed
                                                                                                  portion of the loan being sold on the secondary mar-
                                                                                                  ket.
                                                                                                (B) BACKGROUND CHECKS.—Prior to the approval of any
                                                                                             loan made pursuant to this subsection, or section 503 of
                                                                                             the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, the Adminis-
                                                                                             trator may verify the applicant’s criminal background, or
                                                                                             lack thereof, through the best available means, including,
                                                                                             if possible, use of the National Crime Information Center
                                                                                             computer system at the Federal Bureau of Investigation.
                                                                                                (C) LENDING LIMITS OF LENDERS.—On and after October
                                                                                             1, 2015, the Administrator may not guarantee a loan
                                                                                             under this subsection if the sole purpose for requesting the
                                                                                             guarantee is to allow the lender to exceed the legal lending
                                                                                             limit of the lender.
                                                                                           (2) LEVEL OF PARTICIPATION IN GUARANTEED LOANS.—
                                                                                                (A) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in subparagraphs
                                                                                             (B), (D), (E), and (F), in an agreement to participate in a
                                                                                             loan on a deferred basis under this subsection (including
                                                                                             a loan made under the Preferred Lenders Program), such
                                                                                             participation by the Administration shall be equal to—




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                     (i) 75 percent of the balance of the financing out-
                                                                                                  standing at the time of disbursement of the loan, if
                                                                                                  such balance exceeds $150,000; or




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00007   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        8

                                                                                                         (ii) 85 percent of the balance of the financing out-
                                                                                                      standing at the time of disbursement of the loan, if
                                                                                                      such balance is less than or equal to $150,000.
                                                                                                    (B) REDUCED PARTICIPATION UPON REQUEST.—
                                                                                                         (i) IN GENERAL.—The guarantee percentage specified
                                                                                                      by subparagraph (A) for any loan under this sub-
                                                                                                      section may be reduced upon the request of the par-
                                                                                                      ticipating lender.
                                                                                                         (ii) PROHIBITION.—The Administration shall not use
                                                                                                      the guarantee percentage requested by a participating
                                                                                                      lender under clause (i) as a criterion for establishing
                                                                                                      priorities in approving loan guarantee requests under
                                                                                                      this subsection.
                                                                                                    (C) INTEREST RATE UNDER PREFERRED LENDERS PRO-
                                                                                                 GRAM.—
                                                                                                         (i) IN GENERAL.—The maximum interest rate for a
                                                                                                      loan guaranteed under the Preferred Lenders Program
                                                                                                      shall not exceed the maximum interest rate, as deter-
                                                                                                      mined by the Administration, applicable to other loans
                                                                                                      guaranteed under this subsection.
                                                                                                         (ii) EXPORT-IMPORT BANK LENDERS.—Any lender that
                                                                                                      is participating in the Delegated Authority Lender
                                                                                                      Program of the Export-Import Bank of the United
                                                                                                      States (or any successor to the Program) shall be eligi-
                                                                                                      ble to participate in the Preferred Lenders Program.
                                                                                                         (iii) PREFERRED LENDERS PROGRAM DEFINED.—For
                                                                                                      purposes of this subparagraph, the term ‘‘Preferred
                                                                                                      Lenders Program’’ means any program established by
                                                                                                      the Administrator, as authorized under the proviso in
                                                                                                      section 5(b)(7), under which a written agreement be-
                                                                                                      tween the lender and the Administration delegates to
                                                                                                      the lender—
                                                                                                               (I) complete authority to make and close loans
                                                                                                            with a guarantee from the Administration without
                                                                                                            obtaining the prior specific approval of the Admin-
                                                                                                            istration; and
                                                                                                               (II) complete authority to service and liquidate
                                                                                                            such loans without obtaining the prior specific ap-
                                                                                                            proval of the Administration for routine servicing
                                                                                                            and liquidation activities, but shall not take any
                                                                                                            actions creating an actual or apparent conflict of
                                                                                                            interest.
                                                                                                    (D) PARTICIPATION UNDER EXPORT WORKING CAPITAL PRO-
                                                                                                 GRAM.—In an agreement to participate in a loan on a de-
                                                                                                 ferred basis under the Export Working Capital Program
                                                                                                 established pursuant to paragraph (14)(A), such participa-
                                                                                                 tion by the Administration shall be 90 percent.
                                                                                                    (E) PARTICIPATION IN INTERNATIONAL TRADE LOAN.—In
                                                                                                 an agreement to participate in a loan on a deferred basis
                                                                                                 under paragraph (16), the participation by the Administra-
                                                                                                 tion may not exceed 90 percent.




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                    (F) PARTICIPATION IN THE PAYCHECK PROTECTION PRO-
                                                                                                 GRAM.—In an agreement to participate in a loan on a de-
                                                                                                 ferred basis under paragraph (36), the participation by the
                                                                                                 Administration shall be 100 percent.




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00008   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        9

                                                                                              (3) No loan shall be made under this subsection—
                                                                                                   (A) if the total amount outstanding and committed (by
                                                                                                participation or otherwise) to the borrower from the busi-
                                                                                                ness loan and investment fund established by this Act
                                                                                                would exceed $3,750,000 (or if the gross loan amount
                                                                                                would exceed $5,000,000), except as provided in subpara-
                                                                                                graph (B);
                                                                                                   (B) if the total amount outstanding and committed (on
                                                                                                a deferred basis) solely for the purposes provided in para-
                                                                                                graph (16) to the borrower from the business loan and in-
                                                                                                vestment fund established by this Act would exceed
                                                                                                $4,500,000 (or if the gross loan amount would exceed
                                                                                                $5,000,000), of which not more than $4,000,000 may be
                                                                                                used for working capital, supplies, or financings under sec-
                                                                                                tion 7(a)(14) for export purposes; and
                                                                                                   (C) if effected either directly or in cooperation with
                                                                                                banks or other lending institutions through agreements to
                                                                                                participate on an immediate basis if the amount would ex-
                                                                                                ceed $350,000.
                                                                                              (4) INTEREST RATES AND PREPAYMENT CHARGES.—
                                                                                                   (A) INTEREST RATES.—Notwithstanding the provisions of
                                                                                                the constitution of any State or the laws of any State lim-
                                                                                                iting the rate or amount of interest which may be charged,
                                                                                                taken, received, or reserved, the maximum legal rate of in-
                                                                                                terest on any financing made on a deferred basis pursuant
                                                                                                to this subsection shall not exceed a rate prescribed by the
                                                                                                Administration, and the rate of interest for the Adminis-
                                                                                                tration’s share of any direct or immediate participation
                                                                                                loan shall not exceed the current average market yield on
                                                                                                outstanding marketable obligations of the United States
                                                                                                with remaining periods to maturity comparable to the av-
                                                                                                erage maturities of such loans and adjusted to the nearest
                                                                                                one-eighth of 1 per centum, and an additional amount as
                                                                                                determined by the Administration, but not to exceed 1 per
                                                                                                centum per annum: Provided, That for those loans to as-
                                                                                                sist any public or private organization for the handicapped
                                                                                                or to assist any handicapped individual as provided in
                                                                                                paragraph (10) of this subsection, the interest rate shall be
                                                                                                3 per centum per annum.
                                                                                                   (B) PAYMENT OF ACCRUED INTEREST.—
                                                                                                        (i) IN GENERAL.—Any bank or other lending institu-
                                                                                                     tion making a claim for payment on the guaranteed
                                                                                                     portion of a loan made under this subsection shall be
                                                                                                     paid the accrued interest due on the loan from the ear-
                                                                                                     liest date of default to the date of payment of the
                                                                                                     claim at a rate not to exceed the rate of interest on the
                                                                                                     loan on the date of default, minus one percent.
                                                                                                        (ii) LOANS SOLD ON SECONDARY MARKET.—If a loan
                                                                                                     described in clause (i) is sold on the secondary market,
                                                                                                     the amount of interest paid to a bank or other lending




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                     institution described in that clause from the earliest
                                                                                                     date of default to the date of payment of the claim
                                                                                                     shall be no more than the agreed upon rate, minus one
                                                                                                     percent.




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00009   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        10

                                                                                                       (iii) APPLICABILITY.—Clauses (i) and (ii) shall not
                                                                                                    apply to loans made on or after October 1, 2000.
                                                                                                  (C) PREPAYMENT CHARGES.—
                                                                                                       (i) IN GENERAL.—A borrower who prepays any loan
                                                                                                    guaranteed under this subsection shall remit to the
                                                                                                    Administration a subsidy recoupment fee calculated in
                                                                                                    accordance with clause (ii) if—
                                                                                                             (I) the loan is for a term of not less than 15
                                                                                                          years;
                                                                                                             (II) the prepayment is voluntary;
                                                                                                             (III) the amount of prepayment in any calendar
                                                                                                          year is more than 25 percent of the outstanding
                                                                                                          balance of the loan; and
                                                                                                             (IV) the prepayment is made within the first 3
                                                                                                          years after disbursement of the loan proceeds.
                                                                                                       (ii) SUBSIDY RECOUPMENT FEE.—The subsidy
                                                                                                    recoupment fee charged under clause (i) shall be—
                                                                                                             (I) 5 percent of the amount of prepayment, if the
                                                                                                          borrower prepays during the first year after dis-
                                                                                                          bursement;
                                                                                                             (II) 3 percent of the amount of prepayment, if
                                                                                                          the borrower prepays during the second year after
                                                                                                          disbursement; and
                                                                                                             (III) 1 percent of the amount of prepayment, if
                                                                                                          the borrower prepays during the third year after
                                                                                                          disbursement.
                                                                                             (5) No such loans including renewals and extensions thereof
                                                                                           may be made for a period or periods exceeding twenty-five
                                                                                           years, except that such portion of a loan made for the purpose
                                                                                           of acquiring real property or constructing, converting, or ex-
                                                                                           panding facilities may have a maturity of twenty-five years
                                                                                           plus such additional period as is estimated may be required to
                                                                                           complete such construction, conversion, or expansion.
                                                                                             (6) All loans made under this subsection shall be of such
                                                                                           sound value or so secured as reasonably to assure repayment:
                                                                                           Provided, however, That—
                                                                                                  (A) for loans to assist any public or private organization
                                                                                                or to assist any handicapped individual as provided in
                                                                                                paragraph (10) of this subsection any reasonable doubt
                                                                                                shall be resolved in favor of the applicant;
                                                                                                  (B) recognizing that greater risk may be associated with
                                                                                                loans for energy measures as provided in paragraph (12)
                                                                                                of this subsection, factors in determining ‘‘sound value’’
                                                                                                shall include, but not be limited to, quality of the product
                                                                                                or service; technical qualifications of the applicant or his
                                                                                                employees; sales projections; and the financial status of
                                                                                                the business concern: Provided further, That such status
                                                                                                need not be as sound as that required for general loans
                                                                                                under this subsection; and
                                                                                           On that portion of the loan used to refinance existing indebted-
                                                                                           ness held by a bank or other lending institution, the Adminis-




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                           tration shall limit the amount of deferred participation to 80
                                                                                           per centum of the amount of the loan at the time of disburse-
                                                                                           ment: Provided further, That any authority conferred by this
                                                                                           subparagraph on the Administration shall be exercised solely




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00010   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        11

                                                                                           by the Administration and shall not be delegated to other than
                                                                                           Administration personnel.
                                                                                              (7)(A) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator may defer payments
                                                                                           on the principal and interest of such loans for a grace period
                                                                                           and use such other methods as it deems necessary and appro-
                                                                                           priate to assure the successful establishment and operation of
                                                                                           such concern.
                                                                                                   (B) DEFERRAL REQUIREMENTS.—With respect to a defer-
                                                                                                ral provided under this paragraph, the Administrator may
                                                                                                allow lenders under this subsection—
                                                                                                        (i) to provide full payment deferment relief (includ-
                                                                                                     ing payment of principal and interest) for a period of
                                                                                                     not more than 1 year; and
                                                                                                        (ii) to provide an additional deferment period if the
                                                                                                     borrower provides documentation justifying such addi-
                                                                                                     tional deferment.
                                                                                                   (C) SECONDARY MARKET.—
                                                                                                        (i) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in clause (ii), if
                                                                                                     an investor declines to approve a deferral or additional
                                                                                                     deferment requested by a lender under subparagraph
                                                                                                     (B), the Administrator shall exercise the authority to
                                                                                                     purchase the loan so that the borrower may receive
                                                                                                     full payment deferment relief (including payment of
                                                                                                     principal and interest) or an additional deferment as
                                                                                                     described in subparagraph (B).
                                                                                                        (ii) EXCEPTION.—If, in a fiscal year, the Adminis-
                                                                                                     trator determines that the cost of implementing clause
                                                                                                     (i) is greater than zero, the Administrator shall not
                                                                                                     implement that clause.
                                                                                              (8) The Administration may make loans under this sub-
                                                                                           section to small business concerns owned and controlled by dis-
                                                                                           abled veterans (as defined in section 4211(3) of title 38, United
                                                                                           States Code).
                                                                                              (9) The Administration may provide loans under this sub-
                                                                                           section to finance residential or commercial construction or re-
                                                                                           habilitation for sale: Provided, however, That such loans shall
                                                                                           not be used primarily for the acquisition of land.
                                                                                              (10) The Administration may provide guaranteed loans
                                                                                           under this subsection to assist any public or private organiza-
                                                                                           tion for the handicapped or to assist any handicapped indi-
                                                                                           vidual, including service-disabled veterans, in establishing, ac-
                                                                                           quiring, or operating a small business concern.
                                                                                              (11) The Administration may provide loans under this sub-
                                                                                           section to any small business concern, or to any qualified per-
                                                                                           son seeking to establish such a concern when it determines
                                                                                           that such loan will further the policies established in section
                                                                                           2(c) of this Act, with particular emphasis on the preservation
                                                                                           or establishment of small business concerns located in urban
                                                                                           or rural areas with high proportions of unemployed or low-in-
                                                                                           come individuals or owned by low-income individuals.




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                              (12)(A) The Administration may provide loans under this
                                                                                           subsection to assist any small business concern, including start
                                                                                           up, to enable such concern to design architecturally or engi-
                                                                                           neer, manufacture, distribute, market, install, or service en-




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00011   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        12

                                                                                         ergy measures: Provided, however, That such loan proceeds
                                                                                         shall not be used primarily for research and development.
                                                                                       (b) The Administration may provide deferred participation loans
                                                                                    under this subsection to finance the planning, design, or installa-
                                                                                    tion of pollution control facilities for the purposes set forth in sec-
                                                                                    tion 404 of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958. Notwith-
                                                                                    standing the limitation expressed in paragraph (3) of this sub-
                                                                                    section, a loan made under this paragraph may not result in a total
                                                                                    amount outstanding and committed to a borrower from the busi-
                                                                                    ness loan and investment fund of more than $1,000,000.
                                                                                            (13) The Administration may provide financing under this
                                                                                         subsection to State and local development companies for the
                                                                                         purposes of, and subject to the restrictions in, title V of the
                                                                                         Small Business Investment Act of 1958.
                                                                                            (14) EXPORT WORKING CAPITAL PROGRAM.—
                                                                                                 (A) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator may provide exten-
                                                                                              sions of credit, standby letters of credit, revolving lines of
                                                                                              credit for export purposes, and other financing to enable
                                                                                              small business concerns, including small business export
                                                                                              trading companies and small business export management
                                                                                              companies, to develop foreign markets. A bank or partici-
                                                                                              pating lending institution may establish the rate of inter-
                                                                                              est on such financings as may be legal and reasonable.
                                                                                                 (B) TERMS.—
                                                                                                       (i) LOAN AMOUNT.—The Administrator may not
                                                                                                    guarantee a loan under this paragraph of more than
                                                                                                    $5,000,000.
                                                                                                       (ii) FEES.—
                                                                                                             (I) IN GENERAL.—For a loan under this para-
                                                                                                          graph, the Administrator shall collect the fee as-
                                                                                                          sessed under paragraph (23) not more frequently
                                                                                                          than once each year.
                                                                                                             (II) UNTAPPED CREDIT.—The Administrator may
                                                                                                          not assess a fee on capital that is not accessed by
                                                                                                          the small business concern.
                                                                                                 (C) CONSIDERATIONS.—When considering loan or guar-
                                                                                              antee applications, the Administration shall give weight to
                                                                                              export-related benefits, including opening new markets for
                                                                                              United States goods and services abroad and encouraging
                                                                                              the involvement of small businesses, including agricultural
                                                                                              concerns, in the export market.
                                                                                                 (D) MARKETING.—The Administrator shall aggressively
                                                                                              market its export financing program to small businesses.
                                                                                            (15)(A) The Administration may guarantee loans under this
                                                                                         subsection—
                                                                                                 (i) to qualified employee trusts with respect to a small
                                                                                              business concern for the purpose of purchasing, and for
                                                                                              any transaction costs associated with purchasing, stock of
                                                                                              the concern under a plan approved by the Administrator
                                                                                              which, when carried out, results in the qualified employee
                                                                                              trust owning at least 51 per centum of the stock of the con-




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                              cern; and
                                                                                                 (ii) to a small business concern under a plan approved
                                                                                              by the Administrator, if the proceeds from the loan are
                                                                                              only used to make a loan to a qualified employee trust,




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00012   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        13

                                                                                                and for any transaction costs associated with making that
                                                                                                loan, that results in the qualified employee trust owning
                                                                                                at least 51 percent of the small business concern.
                                                                                              (B) The plan requiring the Administrator’s approval under
                                                                                           subparagraph (A) shall be submitted to the Administration by
                                                                                           the trustee of such trust or by the small business concern with
                                                                                           its application for the guarantee. Such plan shall include an
                                                                                           agreement with the Administrator which is binding on such
                                                                                           trust and on the small business concern and which provides
                                                                                           that—
                                                                                                   (i) not later than the date the loan guaranteed under
                                                                                                subparagraph (A) is repaid (or as soon thereafter as is con-
                                                                                                sistent with the requirements of section 401(a) of the In-
                                                                                                ternal Revenue Code of 1954), at least 51 per centum of
                                                                                                the total stock of such concern shall be allocated to the ac-
                                                                                                counts of at least 51 per centum of the employees of such
                                                                                                concern who are entitled to share in such allocation,
                                                                                                   (ii) there will be periodic reviews of the role in the man-
                                                                                                agement of such concern of employees to whose accounts
                                                                                                stock is allocated,
                                                                                                   (iii) there will be adequate management to assure man-
                                                                                                agement expertise and continuity, and
                                                                                                   (iv) with respect to a loan made to a trust, or to a coop-
                                                                                                erative in accordance with paragraph (35)—
                                                                                                         (I) a seller of the small business concern may re-
                                                                                                      main involved as an officer, director, or key employee
                                                                                                      of the small business concern when a qualified em-
                                                                                                      ployee trust or cooperative has acquired 100 percent of
                                                                                                      ownership of the small business concern; and
                                                                                                         (II) any seller of the small business concern who re-
                                                                                                      mains as an owner of the small business concern, re-
                                                                                                      gardless of the percentage of ownership interest, shall
                                                                                                      be required to provide a personal guarantee by the Ad-
                                                                                                      ministration.
                                                                                              (C) In determining whether to guarantee any loan under this
                                                                                           paragraph, the individual business experience or personal as-
                                                                                           sets of employee-owners shall not be used as criteria, except in-
                                                                                           asmuch as certain employee-owners may assume managerial
                                                                                           responsibilities, in which case business experience may be con-
                                                                                           sidered.
                                                                                              (D) For purposes of this paragraph, a corporation which is
                                                                                           controlled by any other person shall be treated as a small busi-
                                                                                           ness concern if such corporation would, after the plan de-
                                                                                           scribed in subparagraph (B) is carried out, be treated as a
                                                                                           small business concern.
                                                                                              (E) The Administration shall compile a separate list of appli-
                                                                                           cations for assistance under this paragraph, indicating which
                                                                                           applications were accepted and which were denied, and shall
                                                                                           report periodically to the Congress on the status of employee-
                                                                                           owned firms assisted by the Administration, which shall in-
                                                                                           clude—




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                   (i) the total number of loans made to employee-owned
                                                                                                business concerns that were guaranteed by the Adminis-
                                                                                                trator under section 7(a) of the Small Business Act (15
                                                                                                U.S.C. 636(a)) or section 502 of the Small Business Invest-




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00013   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        14

                                                                                                ment Act of 1958 (15 U.S.C. 696), including the number of
                                                                                                loans made—
                                                                                                         (I) to small business concerns owned and controlled
                                                                                                      by socially and economically disadvantaged individ-
                                                                                                      uals; and
                                                                                                         (II) to cooperatives;
                                                                                                   (ii) the total number of financings made to employee-
                                                                                                owned business concerns by companies licensed under sec-
                                                                                                tion 301(c) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958
                                                                                                (15 U.S.C. 696(c)), including the number of financings
                                                                                                made—
                                                                                                         (I) to small business concerns owned and controlled
                                                                                                      by socially and economically disadvantaged individ-
                                                                                                      uals; and
                                                                                                         (II) to cooperatives; and
                                                                                                   (iii) any outreach and educational activities conducted by
                                                                                                the Administration with respect to employee-owned busi-
                                                                                                ness concerns.
                                                                                              (F) A small business concern that makes a loan to a qualified
                                                                                           employee trust under subparagraph (A)(ii) is not required to
                                                                                           contain the same terms and conditions as the loan made to the
                                                                                           small business concern that is guaranteed by the Administra-
                                                                                           tion under such subparagraph.
                                                                                              (G) With respect to a loan made to a qualified employee trust
                                                                                           under this paragraph, or to a cooperative in accordance with
                                                                                           paragraph (35), the Administrator may, as deemed appro-
                                                                                           priate, elect to not require any mandatory equity to be pro-
                                                                                           vided by the qualified employee trust or cooperative to make
                                                                                           the loan.
                                                                                              (16) INTERNATIONAL TRADE.—
                                                                                                   (A) IN GENERAL.—If the Administrator determines that a
                                                                                                loan guaranteed under this subsection will allow an eligi-
                                                                                                ble small business concern that is engaged in or adversely
                                                                                                affected by international trade to improve its competitive
                                                                                                position, the Administrator may make such loan to assist
                                                                                                such concern—
                                                                                                         (i) in the financing of the acquisition, construction,
                                                                                                      renovation, modernization, improvement, or expansion
                                                                                                      of productive facilities or equipment to be used in the
                                                                                                      United States in the production of goods and services
                                                                                                      involved in international trade;
                                                                                                         (ii) in the refinancing of existing indebtedness that
                                                                                                      is not structured with reasonable terms and condi-
                                                                                                      tions, including any debt that qualifies for refinancing
                                                                                                      under any other provision of this subsection; or
                                                                                                         (iii) by providing working capital.
                                                                                                   (B) SECURITY.—
                                                                                                         (i) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in clause (ii),
                                                                                                      each loan made under this paragraph shall be secured
                                                                                                      by a first lien position or first mortgage on the prop-
                                                                                                      erty or equipment financed by the loan or on other as-




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                      sets of the small business concern.
                                                                                                         (ii) EXCEPTION.—A loan under this paragraph may
                                                                                                      be secured by a second lien position on the property or
                                                                                                      equipment financed by the loan or on other assets of




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00014   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        15

                                                                                                    the small business concern, if the Administrator deter-
                                                                                                    mines the lien provides adequate assurance of the pay-
                                                                                                    ment of the loan.
                                                                                                  (C) ENGAGED IN INTERNATIONAL TRADE.—For purposes of
                                                                                               this paragraph, a small business concern is engaged in
                                                                                               international trade if, as determined by the Administrator,
                                                                                               the small business concern is in a position to expand exist-
                                                                                               ing export markets or develop new export markets.
                                                                                                  (D) ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY INTERNATIONAL TRADE.—
                                                                                               For purposes of this paragraph, a small business concern
                                                                                               is adversely affected by international trade if, as deter-
                                                                                               mined by the Administrator, the small business concern—
                                                                                                       (i) is confronting increased competition with foreign
                                                                                                    firms in the relevant market; and
                                                                                                       (ii) is injured by such competition.
                                                                                                  (E) FINDINGS BY CERTAIN FEDERAL AGENCIES.—For pur-
                                                                                               poses of subparagraph (D)(ii) the Administrator shall ac-
                                                                                               cept any finding of injury by the International Trade Com-
                                                                                               mission or any finding of injury by the Secretary of Com-
                                                                                               merce pursuant to chapter 3 of title II of the Trade Act of
                                                                                               1974.
                                                                                                  (F) LIST OF EXPORT FINANCE LENDERS.—
                                                                                                       (i) PUBLICATION OF LIST REQUIRED.—The Adminis-
                                                                                                    trator shall publish an annual list of the banks and
                                                                                                    participating lending institutions that, during the 1-
                                                                                                    year period ending on the date of publication of the
                                                                                                    list, have made loans guaranteed by the Administra-
                                                                                                    tion under—
                                                                                                             (I) this paragraph;
                                                                                                             (II) paragraph (14); or
                                                                                                             (III) paragraph (34).
                                                                                                       (ii) AVAILABILITY OF LIST.—The Administrator
                                                                                                    shall—
                                                                                                             (I) post the list published under clause (i) on the
                                                                                                          website of the Administration; and
                                                                                                             (II) make the list published under clause (i)
                                                                                                          available, upon request, at each district office of
                                                                                                          the Administration.
                                                                                             (17) The Administration shall authorize lending institutions
                                                                                           and other entities in addition to banks to make loans author-
                                                                                           ized under this subsection.
                                                                                             (18) GUARANTEE FEES.—
                                                                                                  (A) IN GENERAL.—With respect to each loan guaranteed
                                                                                               under this subsection (other than a loan that is repayable
                                                                                               in 1 year or less), the Administration shall collect a guar-
                                                                                               antee fee, which shall be payable by the participating lend-
                                                                                               er, and may be charged to the borrower, as follows:
                                                                                                       (i) A guarantee fee not to exceed 2 percent of the de-
                                                                                                    ferred participation share of a total loan amount that
                                                                                                    is not more than $150,000.




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                       (ii) A guarantee fee not to exceed 3 percent of the
                                                                                                    deferred participation share of a total loan amount
                                                                                                    that is more than $150,000, but not more than
                                                                                                    $700,000.




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00015   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        16

                                                                                                        (iii) A guarantee fee not to exceed 3.5 percent of the
                                                                                                      deferred participation share of a total loan amount
                                                                                                      that is more than $700,000.
                                                                                                        (iv) In addition to the fee under clause (iii), a guar-
                                                                                                      antee fee equal to 0.25 percent of any portion of the
                                                                                                      deferred participation share that is more than
                                                                                                      $1,000,000.
                                                                                                   (B) RETENTION OF CERTAIN FEES.—Lenders participating
                                                                                                in the programs established under this subsection may re-
                                                                                                tain not more than 25 percent of a fee collected under sub-
                                                                                                paragraph (A)(i).
                                                                                              (19)(A) In addition to the Preferred Lenders Program author-
                                                                                           ized by the proviso in section 5(b)(7), the Administration is au-
                                                                                           thorized to establish a Certified Lenders Program for lenders
                                                                                           who establish their knowledge of Administration laws and reg-
                                                                                           ulations concerning the guaranteed loan program and their
                                                                                           proficiency in program requirements. The designation of a
                                                                                           lender as a certified lender shall be suspended or revoked at
                                                                                           any time that the Administration determines that the lender
                                                                                           is not adhering to its rules and regulations or that the loss ex-
                                                                                           perience of the lender is excessive as compared to other lend-
                                                                                           ers, but such suspension or revocation shall not affect any out-
                                                                                           standing guarantee.
                                                                                              (B) In order to encourage all lending institutions and other
                                                                                           entities making loans authorized under this subsection to pro-
                                                                                           vide loans of $50,000 or less in guarantees to eligible small
                                                                                           business loan applicants, the Administration shall develop and
                                                                                           allow participating lenders to solely utilize a uniform and sim-
                                                                                           plified loan form for such loans.
                                                                                                   (C) Authority to liquidate loans.—
                                                                                                        (i) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator may permit
                                                                                                      lenders participating in the Certified Lenders Program
                                                                                                      to liquidate loans made with a guarantee from the Ad-
                                                                                                      ministration pursuant to a liquidation plan approved
                                                                                                      by the Administrator.
                                                                                                        (ii) Automatic approval.—If the Administrator does
                                                                                                      not approve or deny a request for approval of a liq-
                                                                                                      uidation plan within 10 business days of the date on
                                                                                                      which the request is made (or with respect to any rou-
                                                                                                      tine liquidation activity under such a plan, within 5
                                                                                                      business days) such request shall be deemed to be ap-
                                                                                                      proved.
                                                                                              (20)(A) The Administration is empowered to make loans ei-
                                                                                           ther directly or in cooperation with banks or other financial in-
                                                                                           stitutions through agreements to participate on an immediate
                                                                                           or deferred (guaranteed) basis to small business concerns eligi-
                                                                                           ble for assistance under subsection (j)(10) and section 8(a).
                                                                                           Such assistance may be provided only if the Administration de-
                                                                                           termines that—
                                                                                                   (i) the type and amount of such assistance requested by
                                                                                                such concern is not otherwise available on reasonable




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                terms from other sources;
                                                                                                   (ii) with such assistance such concern has a reasonable
                                                                                                prospect for operating soundly and profitably within a rea-
                                                                                                sonable period of time;




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00016   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        17

                                                                                                 (iii) the proceeds of such assistance will be used within
                                                                                              a reasonable time for plant construction, conversion, or ex-
                                                                                              pansion, including the acquisition of equipment, facilities,
                                                                                              machinery, supplies, or material or to supply such concern
                                                                                              with working capital to be used in the manufacture of arti-
                                                                                              cles, equipment, supplies, or material for defense or civil-
                                                                                              ian production or as may be necessary to insure a well-bal-
                                                                                              anced national economy; and
                                                                                                 (iv) such assistance is of such sound value as reasonably
                                                                                              to assure that the terms under which it is provided will
                                                                                              not be breached by the small business concern.
                                                                                           (B)(i) No loan shall be made under this paragraph if the total
                                                                                        amount outstanding and committed (by participation or other-
                                                                                        wise) to the borrower would exceed $750,000.
                                                                                           (ii) Subject to the provisions of clause (i), in agreements to
                                                                                        participate in loans on a deferred (guaranteed) basis, participa-
                                                                                        tion by the Administration shall be not less than 85 per cen-
                                                                                        tum of the balance of the financing outstanding at the time of
                                                                                        disbursement.
                                                                                           (iii) The rate of interest on financings made on a deferred
                                                                                        (guaranteed) basis shall be legal and reasonable.
                                                                                           (iv) Financings made pursuant to this paragraph shall be
                                                                                        subject to the following limitations:
                                                                                                 (I) No immediate participation may be purchased unless
                                                                                              it is shown that a deferred participation is not available.
                                                                                                 (II) No direct financing may be made unless it is shown
                                                                                              that a participation is unavailable.
                                                                                           (C) A direct loan or the Administration’s share of an imme-
                                                                                        diate participation loan made pursuant to this paragraph shall
                                                                                        be any secured debt instrument—
                                                                                                 (i) that is subordinated by its terms to all other bor-
                                                                                              rowings of the issuer;
                                                                                                 (ii) the rate of interest on which shall not exceed the cur-
                                                                                              rent average market yield on outstanding marketable obli-
                                                                                              gations of the United States with remaining periods to ma-
                                                                                              turity comparable to the average maturities of such loan
                                                                                              and adjusted to the nearest one-eighth of 1 per centum;
                                                                                                 (iii) the term of which is not more than twenty-five
                                                                                              years; and
                                                                                                 (iv) the principal on which is amortized at such rate as
                                                                                              may be deemed appropriate by the Administration, and
                                                                                              the interest on which is payable not less often than annu-
                                                                                              ally.
                                                                                      (21)(A) The Administration may make loans on a guaranteed
                                                                                    basis under the authority of this subsection—
                                                                                           (i) to a small business concern that has been (or can reason-
                                                                                        ably be expected to be) detrimentally affected by—
                                                                                                 (I) the closure (or substantial reduction) of a Department
                                                                                              of Defense installation; or
                                                                                                 (II) the termination (or substantial reduction) of a De-
                                                                                              partment of Defense program on which such small busi-




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                              ness was a prime contractor or subcontractor (or supplier)
                                                                                              at any tier; or
                                                                                           (ii) to a qualified individual or a veteran seeking to establish
                                                                                        (or acquire) and operate a small business concern.




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00017   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        18

                                                                                      (B) Recognizing that greater risk may be associated with a loan
                                                                                    to a small business concern described in subparagraph (A)(i), any
                                                                                    reasonable doubts concerning the firm’s proposed business plan for
                                                                                    transition to nondefense-related markets shall be resolved in favor
                                                                                    of the loan applicant when making any determination regarding
                                                                                    the sound value of the proposed loan in accordance with paragraph
                                                                                    (6).
                                                                                      (C) Loans pursuant to this paragraph shall be authorized in such
                                                                                    amounts as provided in advance in appropriation Acts for the pur-
                                                                                    poses of loans under this paragraph.
                                                                                      (D) For purposes of this paragraph a qualified individual is—
                                                                                            (i) a member of the Armed Forces of the United States, hon-
                                                                                         orably discharged from active duty involuntarily or pursuant to
                                                                                         a program providing bonuses or other inducements to encour-
                                                                                         age voluntary separation or early retirement;
                                                                                            (ii) a civilian employee of the Department of Defense invol-
                                                                                         untarily separated from Federal service or retired pursuant to
                                                                                         a program offering inducements to encourage early retirement;
                                                                                         or
                                                                                            (iii) an employee of a prime contractor, subcontractor, or sup-
                                                                                         plier at any tier of a Department of Defense program whose
                                                                                         employment is involuntarily terminated (or voluntarily termi-
                                                                                         nated pursuant to a program offering inducements to encour-
                                                                                         age voluntary separation or early retirement) due to the termi-
                                                                                         nation (or substantial reduction) of a Department of Defense
                                                                                         program.
                                                                                            (E) JOB CREATION AND COMMUNITY BENEFIT.—In providing
                                                                                         assistance under this paragraph, the Administration shall de-
                                                                                         velop procedures to ensure, to the maximum extent practicable,
                                                                                         that such assistance is used for projects that—
                                                                                                  (i) have the greatest potential for—
                                                                                                       (I) creating new jobs for individuals whose employ-
                                                                                                     ment is involuntarily terminated due to reductions in
                                                                                                     Federal defense expenditures; or
                                                                                                       (II) preventing the loss of jobs by employees of small
                                                                                                     business concerns described in subparagraph (A)(i);
                                                                                                     and
                                                                                                  (ii) have substantial potential for stimulating new eco-
                                                                                               nomic activity in communities most affected by reductions
                                                                                               in Federal defense expenditures.
                                                                                            (22) The Administration is authorized to permit participating
                                                                                         lenders to impose and collect a reasonable penalty fee on late
                                                                                         payments of loans guaranteed under this subsection in an
                                                                                         amount not to exceed 5 percent of the monthly loan payment
                                                                                         per month plus interest.
                                                                                            (23) YEARLY FEE.—
                                                                                                  (A) IN GENERAL.—With respect to each loan approved
                                                                                               under this subsection, the Administration shall assess, col-
                                                                                               lect, and retain a fee, not to exceed 0.55 percent per year
                                                                                               of the outstanding balance of the deferred participation
                                                                                               share of the loan, in an amount established once annually




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                               by the Administration in the Administration’s annual
                                                                                               budget request to Congress, as necessary to reduce to zero
                                                                                               the cost to the Administration of making guarantees under
                                                                                               this subsection. As used in this paragraph, the term ‘‘cost’’




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00018   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        19

                                                                                                has the meaning given that term in section 502 of the Fed-
                                                                                                eral Credit Reform Act of 1990 (2 U.S.C. 661a).
                                                                                                   (B) PAYER.—The yearly fee assessed under subpara-
                                                                                                graph (A) shall be payable by the participating lender and
                                                                                                shall not be charged to the borrower.
                                                                                                   (C) LOWERING OF BORROWER FEES.—If the Administra-
                                                                                                tion determines that fees paid by lenders and by small
                                                                                                business borrowers for guarantees under this subsection
                                                                                                may be reduced, consistent with reducing to zero the cost
                                                                                                to the Administration of making such guarantees—
                                                                                                       (i) the Administration shall first consider reducing
                                                                                                     fees paid by small business borrowers under clauses (i)
                                                                                                     through (iii) of paragraph (18)(A), to the maximum ex-
                                                                                                     tent possible; and
                                                                                                       (ii) fees paid by small business borrowers shall not
                                                                                                     be increased above the levels in effect on the date of
                                                                                                     enactment of this subparagraph.
                                                                                              (24) NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENT.—The Administration shall
                                                                                           notify the Committees on Small Business of the Senate and the
                                                                                           House of Representatives not later than 15 days before making
                                                                                           any significant policy or administrative change affecting the
                                                                                           operation of the loan program under this subsection.
                                                                                              (25) LIMITATION ON CONDUCTING PILOT PROJECTS.—
                                                                                                   (A) IN GENERAL.—Not more than 10 percent of the total
                                                                                                number of loans guaranteed in any fiscal year under this
                                                                                                subsection may be awarded as part of a pilot program
                                                                                                which is commenced by the Administrator on or after Octo-
                                                                                                ber 1, 1996.
                                                                                                   (B) PILOT PROGRAM DEFINED.—In this paragraph, the
                                                                                                term ‘‘pilot program’’ means any lending program initia-
                                                                                                tive, project, innovation, or other activity not specifically
                                                                                                authorized by law.
                                                                                                   (C) LOW DOCUMENTATION LOAN PROGRAM.—The Adminis-
                                                                                                trator may carry out the low documentation loan program
                                                                                                for loans of $100,000 or less only through lenders with sig-
                                                                                                nificant experience in making small business loans. Not
                                                                                                later than 90 days after the date of enactment of this sub-
                                                                                                section, the Administrator shall promulgate regulations
                                                                                                defining the experience necessary for participation as a
                                                                                                lender in the low documentation loan program.
                                                                                              (26) CALCULATION OF SUBSIDY RATE.—All fees, interest, and
                                                                                           profits received and retained by the Administration under this
                                                                                           subsection shall be included in the calculations made by the
                                                                                           Director of the Office of Management and Budget to offset the
                                                                                           cost (as that term is defined in section 502 of the Federal Cred-
                                                                                           it Reform Act of 1990) to the Administration of purchasing and
                                                                                           guaranteeing loans under this Act.
                                                                                              (28) LEASING.—In addition to such other lease arrangements
                                                                                           as may be authorized by the Administration, a borrower may
                                                                                           permanently lease to one or more tenants not more than 20
                                                                                           percent of any property constructed with the proceeds of a loan




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                           guaranteed under this subsection, if the borrower permanently
                                                                                           occupies and uses not less than 60 percent of the total business
                                                                                           space in the property.
                                                                                              (29) REAL ESTATE APPRAISALS.—




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00019   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        20

                                                                                                   (A) IN GENERAL.—With respect to a loan under this sub-
                                                                                                section that is secured by commercial real property, an ap-
                                                                                                praisal of such property by a State licensed or certified ap-
                                                                                                praiser—
                                                                                                        (i) shall be required by the Administration in con-
                                                                                                     nection with any such loan, if such loan is in an
                                                                                                     amount greater than the Federal banking regulator
                                                                                                     appraisal threshold; or
                                                                                                        (ii) may be required by the Administration or the
                                                                                                     lender in connection with any such loan, if such loan
                                                                                                     is in an amount equal to or less than the Federal
                                                                                                     banking regulator appraisal threshold, if such ap-
                                                                                                     praisal is necessary for appropriate evaluation of cred-
                                                                                                     itworthiness.
                                                                                                   (B) FEDERAL BANKING REGULATOR APPRAISAL THRESHOLD
                                                                                                DEFINED.—For purposes of this paragraph, the term ‘‘Fed-
                                                                                                eral banking regulator appraisal threshold’’ means the
                                                                                                lesser of the threshold amounts set by the Board of Gov-
                                                                                                ernors of the Federal Reserve System, the Comptroller of
                                                                                                the Currency, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corpora-
                                                                                                tion for when a federally related transaction that is a com-
                                                                                                mercial real estate transaction requires an appraisal pre-
                                                                                                pared by a State licensed or certified appraiser.
                                                                                              (30) OWNERSHIP REQUIREMENTS.—Ownership requirements
                                                                                           to determine the eligibility of a small business concern that ap-
                                                                                           plies for assistance under any credit program under this Act
                                                                                           shall be determined without regard to any ownership interest
                                                                                           of a spouse arising solely from the application of the commu-
                                                                                           nity property laws of a State for purposes of determining mar-
                                                                                           ital interests.
                                                                                              (31) EXPRESS LOANS.—
                                                                                                   (A) DEFINITIONS.—As used in this paragraph:
                                                                                                        (i) The term ‘‘disaster area’’ means the area for
                                                                                                     which the President has declared a major disaster,
                                                                                                     during the 5-year period beginning on the date of the
                                                                                                     declaration.
                                                                                                        (ii) The term ‘‘express lender’’ means any lender au-
                                                                                                     thorized by the Administration to participate in the
                                                                                                     Express Loan Program.
                                                                                                        (iii) The term ‘‘express loan’’ means any loan made
                                                                                                     pursuant to this paragraph in which a lender utilizes
                                                                                                     to the maximum extent practicable its own loan anal-
                                                                                                     yses, procedures, and documentation.
                                                                                                        (iv) The term ‘‘Express Loan Program’’ means the
                                                                                                     program for express loans established by the Adminis-
                                                                                                     tration under paragraph (25)(B), as in existence on
                                                                                                     April 5, 2004, with a guarantee rate of not more than
                                                                                                     50 percent.
                                                                                                   (B) RESTRICTION TO EXPRESS LENDER.—The authority to
                                                                                                make an express loan shall be limited to those lenders
                                                                                                deemed qualified to make such loans by the Administra-




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                tion. Designation as an express lender for purposes of
                                                                                                making an express loan shall not prohibit such lender from
                                                                                                taking any other action authorized by the Administration
                                                                                                for that lender pursuant to this subsection.




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00020   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        21

                                                                                                   (C) GRANDFATHERING OF EXISTING LENDERS.—Any ex-
                                                                                                 press lender shall retain such designation unless the Ad-
                                                                                                 ministration determines that the express lender has vio-
                                                                                                 lated the law or regulations promulgated by the Adminis-
                                                                                                 tration or modifies the requirements to be an express lend-
                                                                                                 er and the lender no longer satisfies those requirements.
                                                                                                   (D) MAXIMUM LOAN AMOUNT.—The maximum loan
                                                                                                 amount under the Express Loan Program is $500,000.
                                                                                                   (E) OPTION TO PARTICIPATE.—Except as otherwise pro-
                                                                                                 vided in this paragraph, the Administration shall take no
                                                                                                 regulatory, policy, or administrative action, without regard
                                                                                                 to whether such action requires notification pursuant to
                                                                                                 paragraph (24), that has the effect of requiring a lender to
                                                                                                 make an express loan pursuant to subparagraph (D).
                                                                                                   (F) EXPRESS LOANS FOR RENEWABLE ENERGY AND ENERGY
                                                                                                 EFFICIENCY.—
                                                                                                        (i) DEFINITIONS.—In this subparagraph—
                                                                                                             (I) the term ‘‘biomass’’—
                                                                                                                   (aa) means any organic material that is
                                                                                                                available on a renewable or recurring basis,
                                                                                                                including—
                                                                                                                        (AA) agricultural crops;
                                                                                                                        (BB) trees grown for energy production;
                                                                                                                        (CC) wood waste and wood residues;
                                                                                                                        (DD) plants (including aquatic plants
                                                                                                                     and grasses);
                                                                                                                        (EE) residues;
                                                                                                                        (FF) fibers;
                                                                                                                        (GG) animal wastes and other waste
                                                                                                                     materials; and
                                                                                                                        (HH) fats, oils, and greases (including
                                                                                                                     recycled fats, oils, and greases); and
                                                                                                                   (bb) does not include—
                                                                                                                        (AA) paper that is commonly recycled;
                                                                                                                     or
                                                                                                                        (BB) unsegregated solid waste;
                                                                                                             (II) the term ‘‘energy efficiency project’’ means
                                                                                                           the installation or upgrading of equipment that
                                                                                                           results in a significant reduction in energy usage;
                                                                                                           and
                                                                                                             (III) the term ‘‘renewable energy system’’ means
                                                                                                           a system of energy derived from—
                                                                                                                   (aa) a wind, solar, biomass (including bio-
                                                                                                                diesel), or geothermal source; or
                                                                                                                   (bb) hydrogen derived from biomass or
                                                                                                                water using an energy source described in
                                                                                                                item (aa).
                                                                                                        (ii) LOANS.—The Administrator may make a loan
                                                                                                      under the Express Loan Program for the purpose of—
                                                                                                             (I) purchasing a renewable energy system; or
                                                                                                             (II) carrying out an energy efficiency project for




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                           a small business concern.
                                                                                                   (G) GUARANTEE FEE WAIVER FOR VETERANS.—
                                                                                                        (i) GUARANTEE FEE WAIVER.—The Administrator
                                                                                                      may not collect a guarantee fee described in paragraph




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00021   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        22

                                                                                                        (18) in connection with a loan made under this para-
                                                                                                        graph to a veteran or spouse of a veteran on or after
                                                                                                        October 1, 2015.
                                                                                                           (ii) DEFINITION.—In this subparagraph, the term
                                                                                                        ‘‘veteran or spouse of a veteran’’ means—
                                                                                                                 (I) a veteran, as defined in section 3(q)(4);
                                                                                                                 (II) an individual who is eligible to participate
                                                                                                              in the Transition Assistance Program established
                                                                                                              under section 1144 of title 10, United States Code;
                                                                                                                 (III) a member of a reserve component of the
                                                                                                              Armed Forces named in section 10101 of title 10,
                                                                                                              United States Code;
                                                                                                                 (IV) the spouse of an individual described in
                                                                                                              subclause (I), (II), or (III); or
                                                                                                                 (V) the surviving spouse (as defined in section
                                                                                                              101 of title 38, United States Code) of an indi-
                                                                                                              vidual described in subclause (I), (II), or (III) who
                                                                                                              died while serving on active duty or as a result of
                                                                                                              a disability that is service-connected (as defined in
                                                                                                              such section).
                                                                                                      (H) RECOVERY OPPORTUNITY LOANS.—
                                                                                                           (i) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator may guarantee
                                                                                                        an express loan to a small business concern located in
                                                                                                        a disaster area in accordance with this subparagraph.
                                                                                                           (ii) MAXIMUMS.—For a loan guaranteed under clause
                                                                                                        (i)—
                                                                                                                 (I) the maximum loan amount is $150,000; and
                                                                                                                 (II) the guarantee rate shall be not more than
                                                                                                              85 percent.
                                                                                                           (iii) OVERALL CAP.—A loan guaranteed under clause
                                                                                                        (i) shall not be counted in determining the amount of
                                                                                                        loans made to a borrower for purposes of subpara-
                                                                                                        graph (D).
                                                                                                           (iv) OPERATIONS.—A small business concern receiv-
                                                                                                        ing a loan guaranteed under clause (i) shall certify
                                                                                                        that the small business concern was in operation on
                                                                                                        the date on which the applicable major disaster oc-
                                                                                                        curred as a condition of receiving the loan.
                                                                                                           (v) REPAYMENT ABILITY.—A loan guaranteed under
                                                                                                        clause (i) may only be made to a small business con-
                                                                                                        cern that demonstrates, to the satisfaction of the Ad-
                                                                                                        ministrator, sufficient capacity to repay the loan.
                                                                                                           (vi) TIMING OF PAYMENT OF GUARANTEES.—
                                                                                                                 (I) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 90 days after
                                                                                                              the date on which a request for purchase is filed
                                                                                                              with the Administrator, the Administrator shall
                                                                                                              determine whether to pay the guaranteed portion
                                                                                                              of the loan.
                                                                                                                 (II) RECAPTURE.—Notwithstanding any other
                                                                                                              provision of law, unless there is a subsequent
                                                                                                              finding of fraud by a court of competent jurisdic-




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                              tion relating to a loan guaranteed under clause (i),
                                                                                                              on and after the date that is 6 months after the
                                                                                                              date on which the Administrator determines to
                                                                                                              pay the guaranteed portion of the loan, the Ad-




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00022   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        23

                                                                                                           ministrator may not attempt to recapture the paid
                                                                                                           guarantee.
                                                                                                        (vii) FEES.—
                                                                                                              (I) IN GENERAL.—Unless the Administrator has
                                                                                                           waived the guarantee fee that would otherwise be
                                                                                                           collected by the Administrator under paragraph
                                                                                                           (18) for a loan guaranteed under clause (i), and
                                                                                                           except as provided in subclause (II), the guarantee
                                                                                                           fee for the loan shall be equal to the guarantee fee
                                                                                                           that the Administrator would collect if the guar-
                                                                                                           antee rate for the loan was 50 percent.
                                                                                                              (II) EXCEPTION.—Subclause (I) shall not apply if
                                                                                                           the cost of carrying out the program under this
                                                                                                           subsection in a fiscal year is more than zero and
                                                                                                           such cost is directly attributable to the cost of
                                                                                                           guaranteeing loans under clause (i).
                                                                                                        (viii) RULES.—Not later than 270 days after the date
                                                                                                     of enactment of this subparagraph, the Administrator
                                                                                                     shall promulgate rules to carry out this subparagraph.
                                                                                              (32) LOANS FOR ENERGY EFFICIENT TECHNOLOGIES.—
                                                                                                   (A) DEFINITIONS.—In this paragraph—
                                                                                                        (i) the term ‘‘cost’’ has the meaning given that term
                                                                                                     in section 502 of the Federal Credit Reform Act of
                                                                                                     1990 (2 U.S.C. 661a);
                                                                                                        (ii) the term ‘‘covered energy efficiency loan’’ means
                                                                                                     a loan—
                                                                                                              (I) made under this subsection; and
                                                                                                              (II) the proceeds of which are used to purchase
                                                                                                           energy efficient designs, equipment, or fixtures, or
                                                                                                           to reduce the energy consumption of the borrower
                                                                                                           by 10 percent or more; and
                                                                                                        (iii) the term ‘‘pilot program’’ means the pilot pro-
                                                                                                     gram established under subparagraph (B)
                                                                                                   (B) ESTABLISHMENT.—The Administrator shall establish
                                                                                                and carry out a pilot program under which the Adminis-
                                                                                                trator shall reduce the fees for covered energy efficiency
                                                                                                loans.
                                                                                                   (C) DURATION.—The pilot program shall terminate at
                                                                                                the end of the second full fiscal year after the date that the
                                                                                                Administrator establishes the pilot program.
                                                                                                   (D) MAXIMUM PARTICIPATION.—A covered energy effi-
                                                                                                ciency loan shall include the maximum participation levels
                                                                                                by the Administrator permitted for loans made under this
                                                                                                subsection.
                                                                                                   (E) FEES.—
                                                                                                        (i) IN GENERAL.—The fee on a covered energy effi-
                                                                                                     ciency loan shall be equal to 50 percent of the fee oth-
                                                                                                     erwise applicable to that loan under paragraph (18).
                                                                                                        (ii) WAIVER.—The Administrator may waive clause
                                                                                                     (i) for a fiscal year if—
                                                                                                              (I) for the fiscal year before that fiscal year, the




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                           annual rate of default of covered energy efficiency
                                                                                                           loans exceeds that of loans made under this sub-
                                                                                                           section that are not covered energy efficiency
                                                                                                           loans;




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00023   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        24

                                                                                                              (II) the cost to the Administration of making
                                                                                                           loans under this subsection is greater than zero
                                                                                                           and such cost is directly attributable to the cost of
                                                                                                           making covered energy efficiency loans; and
                                                                                                              (III) no additional sources of revenue authority
                                                                                                           are available to reduce the cost of making loans
                                                                                                           under this subsection to zero.
                                                                                                        (iii) EFFECT OF WAIVER.—If the Administrator
                                                                                                     waives the reduction of fees under clause (ii), the Ad-
                                                                                                     ministrator—
                                                                                                              (I) shall not assess or collect fees in an amount
                                                                                                           greater than necessary to ensure that the cost of
                                                                                                           the program under this subsection is not greater
                                                                                                           than zero; and
                                                                                                              (II) shall reinstate the fee reductions under
                                                                                                           clause (i) when the conditions in clause (ii) no
                                                                                                           longer apply.
                                                                                                        (iv) NO INCREASE OF FEES.—The Administrator shall
                                                                                                     not increase the fees under paragraph (18) on loans
                                                                                                     made under this subsection that are not covered en-
                                                                                                     ergy efficiency loans as a direct result of the pilot pro-
                                                                                                     gram.
                                                                                                   (F) GAO REPORT.—
                                                                                                        (i) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 1 year after the
                                                                                                     date that the pilot program terminates, the Comp-
                                                                                                     troller General of the United States shall submit to
                                                                                                     the Committee on Small Business of the House of Rep-
                                                                                                     resentatives and the Committee on Small Business
                                                                                                     and Entrepreneurship of the Senate a report on the
                                                                                                     pilot program.
                                                                                                        (ii) CONTENTS.—The report submitted under clause
                                                                                                     (i) shall include—
                                                                                                              (I) the number of covered energy efficiency loans
                                                                                                           for which fees were reduced under the pilot pro-
                                                                                                           gram;
                                                                                                              (II) a description of the energy efficiency savings
                                                                                                           with the pilot program;
                                                                                                              (III) a description of the impact of the pilot pro-
                                                                                                           gram on the program under this subsection;
                                                                                                              (IV) an evaluation of the efficacy and potential
                                                                                                           fraud and abuse of the pilot program; and
                                                                                                              (V) recommendations for improving the pilot
                                                                                                           program.
                                                                                              (33) INCREASED VETERAN PARTICIPATION PROGRAM.—
                                                                                                   (A) DEFINITIONS.—In this paragraph—
                                                                                                        (i) the term ‘‘cost’’ has the meaning given that term
                                                                                                     in section 502 of the Federal Credit Reform Act of
                                                                                                     1990 (2 U.S.C. 661a);
                                                                                                        (ii) the term ‘‘pilot program’’ means the pilot pro-
                                                                                                     gram established under subparagraph (B); and
                                                                                                        (iii) the term ‘‘veteran participation loan’’ means a




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                     loan made under this subsection to a small business
                                                                                                     concern owned and controlled by veterans of the
                                                                                                     Armed Forces or members of the reserve components
                                                                                                     of the Armed Forces.




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00024   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        25

                                                                                                   (B) ESTABLISHMENT.—The Administrator shall establish
                                                                                                 and carry out a pilot program under which the Adminis-
                                                                                                 trator shall reduce the fees for veteran participation loans.
                                                                                                   (C) DURATION.—The pilot program shall terminate at
                                                                                                 the end of the second full fiscal year after the date that the
                                                                                                 Administrator establishes the pilot program.
                                                                                                   (D) MAXIMUM PARTICIPATION.—A veteran participation
                                                                                                 loan shall include the maximum participation levels by the
                                                                                                 Administrator permitted for loans made under this sub-
                                                                                                 section.
                                                                                                   (E) FEES.—
                                                                                                         (i) IN GENERAL.—The fee on a veteran participation
                                                                                                      loan shall be equal to 50 percent of the fee otherwise
                                                                                                      applicable to that loan under paragraph (18).
                                                                                                         (ii) WAIVER.—The Administrator may waive clause
                                                                                                      (i) for a fiscal year if—
                                                                                                               (I) for the fiscal year before that fiscal year, the
                                                                                                            annual estimated rate of default of veteran par-
                                                                                                            ticipation loans exceeds that of loans made under
                                                                                                            this subsection that are not veteran participation
                                                                                                            loans;
                                                                                                               (II) the cost to the Administration of making
                                                                                                            loans under this subsection is greater than zero
                                                                                                            and such cost is directly attributable to the cost of
                                                                                                            making veteran participation loans; and
                                                                                                               (III) no additional sources of revenue authority
                                                                                                            are available to reduce the cost of making loans
                                                                                                            under this subsection to zero.
                                                                                                         (iii) EFFECT OF WAIVER.—If the Administrator
                                                                                                      waives the reduction of fees under clause (ii), the Ad-
                                                                                                      ministrator—
                                                                                                               (I) shall not assess or collect fees in an amount
                                                                                                            greater than necessary to ensure that the cost of
                                                                                                            the program under this subsection is not greater
                                                                                                            than zero; and
                                                                                                               (II) shall reinstate the fee reductions under
                                                                                                            clause (i) when the conditions in clause (ii) no
                                                                                                            longer apply.
                                                                                                         (iv) NO INCREASE OF FEES.—The Administrator shall
                                                                                                      not increase the fees under paragraph (18) on loans
                                                                                                      made under this subsection that are not veteran par-
                                                                                                      ticipation loans as a direct result of the pilot program.
                                                                                                   (F) GAO REPORT.—
                                                                                                         (i) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 1 year after the
                                                                                                      date that the pilot program terminates, the Comp-
                                                                                                      troller General of the United States shall submit to
                                                                                                      the Committee on Small Business of the House of Rep-
                                                                                                      resentatives and the Committee on Small Business
                                                                                                      and Entrepreneurship of the Senate a report on the
                                                                                                      pilot program.




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                         (ii) CONTENTS.—The report submitted under clause
                                                                                                      (i) shall include—
                                                                                                               (I) the number of veteran participation loans for
                                                                                                            which fees were reduced under the pilot program;




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00025   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        26

                                                                                                             (II) a description of the impact of the pilot pro-
                                                                                                          gram on the program under this subsection;
                                                                                                             (III) an evaluation of the efficacy and potential
                                                                                                          fraud and abuse of the pilot program; and
                                                                                                             (IV) recommendations for improving the pilot
                                                                                                          program.
                                                                                              (34) EXPORT EXPRESS PROGRAM.—
                                                                                                   (A) DEFINITIONS.—In this paragraph—
                                                                                                       (i) the term ‘‘export development activity’’ includes—
                                                                                                             (I) obtaining a standby letter of credit when re-
                                                                                                          quired as a bid bond, performance bond, or ad-
                                                                                                          vance payment guarantee;
                                                                                                             (II) participation in a trade show that takes
                                                                                                          place outside the United States;
                                                                                                             (III) translation of product brochures or cata-
                                                                                                          logues for use in markets outside the United
                                                                                                          States;
                                                                                                             (IV) obtaining a general line of credit for export
                                                                                                          purposes;
                                                                                                             (V) performing a service contract from buyers
                                                                                                          located outside the United States;
                                                                                                             (VI) obtaining transaction-specific financing as-
                                                                                                          sociated with completing export orders;
                                                                                                             (VII) purchasing real estate or equipment to be
                                                                                                          used in the production of goods or services for ex-
                                                                                                          port;
                                                                                                             (VIII) providing term loans or other financing to
                                                                                                          enable a small business concern, including an ex-
                                                                                                          port trading company and an export management
                                                                                                          company, to develop a market outside the United
                                                                                                          States; and
                                                                                                             (IX) acquiring, constructing, renovating, mod-
                                                                                                          ernizing, improving, or expanding a production fa-
                                                                                                          cility or equipment to be used in the United
                                                                                                          States in the production of goods or services for
                                                                                                          export; and
                                                                                                       (ii) the term ‘‘express loan’’ means a loan in which
                                                                                                     a lender uses to the maximum extent practicable the
                                                                                                     loan analyses, procedures, and documentation of the
                                                                                                     lender to provide expedited processing of the loan ap-
                                                                                                     plication.
                                                                                                   (B) AUTHORITY.—The Administrator may guarantee the
                                                                                                timely payment of an express loan to a small business con-
                                                                                                cern made for an export development activity.
                                                                                                   (C) LEVEL OF PARTICIPATION.—
                                                                                                       (i) MAXIMUM AMOUNT.—The maximum amount of an
                                                                                                     express loan guaranteed under this paragraph shall be
                                                                                                     $500,000.
                                                                                                       (ii) PERCENTAGE.—For an express loan guaranteed
                                                                                                     under this paragraph, the Administrator shall guar-
                                                                                                     antee—




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                             (I) 90 percent of a loan that is not more than
                                                                                                          $350,000; and
                                                                                                             (II) 75 percent of a loan that is more than
                                                                                                          $350,000 and not more than $500,000.




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00026   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        27

                                                                                              (35) LOANS TO COOPERATIVES.—
                                                                                                   (A) DEFINITION.—In this paragraph, the term ‘‘coopera-
                                                                                                tive’’ means an entity that is determined to be a coopera-
                                                                                                tive by the Administrator, in accordance with applicable
                                                                                                Federal and State laws and regulation.
                                                                                                   (B) AUTHORITY.—The Administration shall guarantee
                                                                                                loans made to a cooperative for the purpose described in
                                                                                                paragraph (15).
                                                                                              (36) PAYCHECK PROTECTION PROGRAM.—
                                                                                                   (A) DEFINITIONS.—In this paragraph—
                                                                                                       (i) the terms ‘‘appropriate Federal banking agency’’
                                                                                                     and ‘‘insured depository institution’’ have the mean-
                                                                                                     ings given those terms in section 3 of the Federal De-
                                                                                                     posit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813);
                                                                                                       (ii) the term ‘‘covered loan’’ means a loan made
                                                                                                     under this paragraph during the covered period;
                                                                                                       (iii) the term ‘‘covered period’’ means the period be-
                                                                                                     ginning on February 15, 2020 and ending on June 30,
                                                                                                     2021;
                                                                                                       (iv) the term ‘‘eligible recipient’’ means an individual
                                                                                                     or entity that is eligible to receive a covered loan;
                                                                                                       (v) the term ‘‘eligible self-employed individual’’ has
                                                                                                     the meaning given the term in section 7002(b) of the
                                                                                                     Families First Coronavirus Response Act (Public Law
                                                                                                     116–127);
                                                                                                       (vi) the term ‘‘insured credit union’’ has the meaning
                                                                                                     given the term in section 101 of the Federal Credit
                                                                                                     Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1752);
                                                                                                       (vii) the term ‘‘nonprofit organization’’ means an or-
                                                                                                     ganization that is described in section 501(c)(3) of the
                                                                                                     Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and that is exempt
                                                                                                     from taxation under section 501(a) of such Code;
                                                                                                       (viii) the term ‘‘payroll costs’’—
                                                                                                             (I) means—
                                                                                                                   (aa) the sum of payments of any compensa-
                                                                                                                tion with respect to employees that is a—
                                                                                                                        (AA) salary, wage, commission, or simi-
                                                                                                                     lar compensation;
                                                                                                                        (BB) payment of cash tip or equivalent;
                                                                                                                        (CC) payment for vacation, parental,
                                                                                                                     family, medical, or sick leave;
                                                                                                                        (DD) allowance for dismissal or separa-
                                                                                                                     tion;
                                                                                                                        (EE) payment required for the provi-
                                                                                                                     sions of group health care or group life,
                                                                                                                     disability, vision, or dental insurance ben-
                                                                                                                     efits, including insurance premiums;
                                                                                                                        (FF) payment of any retirement benefit;
                                                                                                                     or
                                                                                                                        (GG) payment of State or local tax as-
                                                                                                                     sessed on the compensation of employees;




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                                     and
                                                                                                                   (bb) the sum of payments of any compensa-
                                                                                                                tion to or income of a sole proprietor or inde-
                                                                                                                pendent contractor that is a wage, commis-




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00027   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        28

                                                                                                                    sion, income, net earnings from self-employ-
                                                                                                                    ment, or similar compensation and that is in
                                                                                                                    an amount that is not more than $100,000 on
                                                                                                                    an annualized basis, as prorated for the pe-
                                                                                                                    riod during which the payments are made or
                                                                                                                    the obligation to make the payments is in-
                                                                                                                    curred; and
                                                                                                                 (II) shall not include—
                                                                                                                      (aa) the compensation of an individual em-
                                                                                                                    ployee in excess of $100,000 on an annualized
                                                                                                                    basis, as prorated for theperiod during which
                                                                                                                    the compensation is paid or the obligationto
                                                                                                                    pay the compensation is incurred;
                                                                                                                      (bb) taxes imposed or withheld under chap-
                                                                                                                    ters 21, 22, or 24 of the Internal Revenue
                                                                                                                    Code of 1986 during the applicable period;
                                                                                                                      (cc) any compensation of an employee whose
                                                                                                                    principal place of residence is outside of the
                                                                                                                    United States;
                                                                                                                      (dd) qualified sick leave wages for which a
                                                                                                                    credit is allowed under section 7001 of the
                                                                                                                    Families First Coronavirus Response Act
                                                                                                                    (Public Law 116–127); or
                                                                                                                      (ee) qualified family leave wages for which
                                                                                                                    a credit is allowed under section 7003 of the
                                                                                                                    Families First Coronavirus Response Act
                                                                                                                    (Public Law 116–127);
                                                                                                           (ix) the term ‘‘veterans organization’’ means an orga-
                                                                                                        nization that is described in section 501(c)(19) of the
                                                                                                        Internal Revenue Code that is exempt from taxation
                                                                                                        under section 501(a) of such Code;
                                                                                                           (x) the term ‘‘community development financial in-
                                                                                                        stitution’’ has the meaning given the term in section
                                                                                                        103 of the Riegle Community Development and Regu-
                                                                                                        latory Improvement Act of 1994 (12 U.S.C. 4702));
                                                                                                           (xi) the term ‘‘community financial institutions’’
                                                                                                        means—
                                                                                                                 (I) a community development financial institu-
                                                                                                              tion;
                                                                                                                 (II) a minority depository institution, as defined
                                                                                                              in section 308 of the Financial Institutions Re-
                                                                                                              form, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 (12
                                                                                                              U.S.C. 1463 note);
                                                                                                                 (III) a development company that is certified
                                                                                                              under title V of the Small Business Investment
                                                                                                              Act of 1958 (15 U.S.C. 695 et seq.); and
                                                                                                                 (IV) an intermediary, as defined in section
                                                                                                              7(m)(11);
                                                                                                           (xii) the term ‘‘credit union’’ means a State credit
                                                                                                        union or a Federal credit union, as those terms are de-




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                        fined, respectively, in section 101 of the Federal Credit
                                                                                                        Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1752);
                                                                                                           (xiii) the term ‘‘seasonal employer’’ means an eligible
                                                                                                        recipient that—




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00028   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        29

                                                                                                             (I) does not operate for more than 7 months in
                                                                                                          any calendar year; or
                                                                                                             (II) during the preceding calendar year, had
                                                                                                          gross receipts for any 6 months of that year that
                                                                                                          were not more than 33.33 percent of the gross re-
                                                                                                          ceipts of the employer for the other 6 months of
                                                                                                          that year;
                                                                                                       (xiv) the term ‘‘housing cooperative’’ means a cooper-
                                                                                                     ative housing corporation (as defined in section 216(b)
                                                                                                     of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) that employs
                                                                                                     not more than 300 employees;
                                                                                                       (xv) the term ‘‘destination marketing organization’’
                                                                                                     means a nonprofit entity that is—
                                                                                                             (I) an organization described in section 501(c) of
                                                                                                          the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and exempt
                                                                                                          from tax under section 501(a) of such Code; or
                                                                                                             (II) a State, or a political subdivision of a State
                                                                                                          (including any instrumentality of such entities)—
                                                                                                                   (aa) engaged in marketing and promoting
                                                                                                                communities and facilities to businesses and
                                                                                                                leisure travelers through a range of activities,
                                                                                                                including—
                                                                                                                        (AA) assisting with the location of
                                                                                                                     meeting and convention sites;
                                                                                                                        (BB) providing travel information on
                                                                                                                     area attractions, lodging accommodations,
                                                                                                                     and restaurants;
                                                                                                                        (CC) providing maps; and
                                                                                                                        (DD) organizing group tours of local
                                                                                                                     historical, recreational, and cultural at-
                                                                                                                     tractions; or
                                                                                                                   (bb) that is engaged in, and derives the ma-
                                                                                                                jority of the operating budget of the entity
                                                                                                                from revenue attributable to, providing live
                                                                                                                events;
                                                                                                       (xvi) the terms ‘‘exchange’’, ‘‘issuer’’, and ‘‘security’’
                                                                                                     have the meanings given those terms in section 3(a) of
                                                                                                     the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a));
                                                                                                     and
                                                                                                       (xvii) the term ‘‘additional covered nonprofit enti-
                                                                                                     ty’’—
                                                                                                             (I) means an organization described in any
                                                                                                          paragraph of section 501(c) of the Internal Rev-
                                                                                                          enue Code of 1986, other than paragraph (3), (4),
                                                                                                          (6), or (19), and exempt from tax under section
                                                                                                          501(a) of such Code; and
                                                                                                             (II) does not include any entity that, if the enti-
                                                                                                          ty were a business concern, would be described in
                                                                                                          section 120.110 of title 13, Code of Federal Regu-
                                                                                                          lations (or in any successor regulation or other re-
                                                                                                          lated guidance or rule that may be issued by the




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                          Administrator) other than a business concern de-
                                                                                                          scribed in paragraph (a) or (k) of such section.
                                                                                                   (B) PAYCHECK PROTECTION LOANS.—Except as otherwise
                                                                                                 provided in this paragraph, the Administrator may guar-




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00029   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        30

                                                                                                 antee covered loans under the same terms, conditions, and
                                                                                                 processes as a loan made under this subsection.
                                                                                                   (C) REGISTRATION OF LOANS.—Not later than 15 days
                                                                                                 after the date on which a loan is made under this para-
                                                                                                 graph, the Administration shall register the loan using the
                                                                                                 TIN (as defined in section 7701 of the Internal Revenue
                                                                                                 Code of 1986) assigned to the borrower.
                                                                                                   (D) INCREASED ELIGIBILITY FOR CERTAIN SMALL BUSI-
                                                                                                 NESSES AND ORGANIZATIONS.—
                                                                                                        (i) IN GENERAL.—During the covered period, in addi-
                                                                                                     tion to small business concerns, any business concern,
                                                                                                     nonprofit organization, housing cooperative, veterans
                                                                                                     organization, or Tribal business concern described in
                                                                                                     section 31(b)(2)(C) shall be eligible to receive a covered
                                                                                                     loan if the business concern, nonprofit organization,
                                                                                                     housing cooperative, veterans organization, or Tribal
                                                                                                     business concern employs not more than the greater
                                                                                                     of—
                                                                                                              (I) 500 employees; or
                                                                                                              (II) if applicable, the size standard in number of
                                                                                                           employees established by the Administration for
                                                                                                           the industry in which the business concern, non-
                                                                                                           profit organization, housing cooperative, veterans
                                                                                                           organization, or Tribal business concern operates.
                                                                                                        (ii) INCLUSION OF SOLE PROPRIETORS, INDEPENDENT
                                                                                                     CONTRACTORS, AND ELIGIBLE SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVID-
                                                                                                     UALS.—
                                                                                                              (I) IN GENERAL.—During the covered period, in-
                                                                                                           dividuals who operate under a sole proprietorship
                                                                                                           or as an independent contractor and eligible self-
                                                                                                           employed individuals shall be eligible to receive a
                                                                                                           covered loan.
                                                                                                              (II) DOCUMENTATION.—An eligible self-employed
                                                                                                           individual, independent contractor, or sole propri-
                                                                                                           etorship seeking a covered loan shall submit such
                                                                                                           documentation as determined necessary by the
                                                                                                           Administrator and the Secretary, to establish the
                                                                                                           applicant as eligible.
                                                                                                        (iii) BUSINESS CONCERNS WITH MORE THAN 1 PHYS-
                                                                                                     ICAL LOCATION.—
                                                                                                              (I) IN GENERAL.—During the covered period, any
                                                                                                           business concern that employs not more than 500
                                                                                                           employees per physical location of the business
                                                                                                           concern and that is assigned a North American
                                                                                                           Industry Classification System code beginning
                                                                                                           with 72 at the time of disbursal shall be eligible
                                                                                                           to receive a covered loan.
                                                                                                              (II) ELIGIBILITY OF NEWS ORGANIZATIONS.—
                                                                                                                    (aa) DEFINITION.—In this subclause, the
                                                                                                                 term ‘‘included business concern’’ means a
                                                                                                                 business concern, including any station which




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                                 broadcasts pursuant to a license granted by
                                                                                                                 the Federal Communications Commission
                                                                                                                 under title III of the Communications Act of
                                                                                                                 1934 (47 U.S.C. 301 et seq.) without regard




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00030   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        31

                                                                                                                  for whether such a station is a concern as de-
                                                                                                                  fined in section 121.105 of title 13, Code of
                                                                                                                  Federal Regulations, or any successor there-
                                                                                                                  to—
                                                                                                                          (AA) that employs not more than 500
                                                                                                                       employees, or the size standard estab-
                                                                                                                       lished by the Administrator for the North
                                                                                                                       American Industry Classification System
                                                                                                                       code applicable to the business concern,
                                                                                                                       per physical location of such business con-
                                                                                                                       cern; or
                                                                                                                          (BB) any nonprofit organization or any
                                                                                                                       organization otherwise subject to section
                                                                                                                       511(a)(2)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code
                                                                                                                       of 1986 that is a public broadcasting enti-
                                                                                                                       ty (as defined in section 397(11) of the
                                                                                                                       Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C.
                                                                                                                       397(11))).
                                                                                                                     (bb) ELIGIBILITY.—During the covered pe-
                                                                                                                  riod, an included business concern shall be el-
                                                                                                                  igible to receive a covered loan if—
                                                                                                                          (AA) the included business concern is
                                                                                                                       majority owned or controlled by a busi-
                                                                                                                       ness concern that is assigned a North
                                                                                                                       American Industry Classification System
                                                                                                                       code beginning with 511110 or 5151 or,
                                                                                                                       with respect to a public broadcasting enti-
                                                                                                                       ty (as defined in section 397(11) of the
                                                                                                                       Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C.
                                                                                                                       397(11))), has a trade or business that
                                                                                                                       falls under such a code; and
                                                                                                                          (BB) the included business concern
                                                                                                                       makes a good faith certification that pro-
                                                                                                                       ceeds of the loan will be used to support
                                                                                                                       expenses at the component of the in-
                                                                                                                       cluded business concern that produces or
                                                                                                                       distributes locally focused or emergency
                                                                                                                       information.
                                                                                                               (III) ELIGIBILITY OF CERTAIN ORGANIZATIONS.—
                                                                                                             Subject to the provisions in this subparagraph,
                                                                                                             during the covered period—
                                                                                                                     (aa) a nonprofit organization shall be eligi-
                                                                                                                  ble to receive a covered loan if the nonprofit
                                                                                                                  organization employs not more than 500 em-
                                                                                                                  ployees per physical location of the organiza-
                                                                                                                  tion; and
                                                                                                                     (bb) an additional covered nonprofit entity
                                                                                                                  and an organization that, but for subclauses
                                                                                                                  (I)(dd) and (II)(dd) of clause (vii), would be eli-
                                                                                                                  gible for a covered loan under clause (vii)




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                                  shall be eligible to receive a covered loan if
                                                                                                                  the entity or organization employs not more
                                                                                                                  than 300 employees per physical location of
                                                                                                                  the entity or organization.




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00031   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        32

                                                                                                               (IV) ELIGIBILITY OF INTERNET PUBLISHING ORGA-
                                                                                                             NIZATIONS.—A business concern or other organiza-
                                                                                                             tion that was not eligible to receive a covered loan
                                                                                                             the day before the date of enactment of this sub-
                                                                                                             clause, is assigned a North American Industry
                                                                                                             Classification System code of 519130, certifies in
                                                                                                             good faith as an Internet-only news publisher or
                                                                                                             Internet-only periodical publisher, and is engaged
                                                                                                             in the collection and distribution of local or re-
                                                                                                             gional and national news and information shall be
                                                                                                             eligible to receive a covered loan for the continued
                                                                                                             provision of news, information, content, or emer-
                                                                                                             gency information if—
                                                                                                                      (aa) the business concern or organization
                                                                                                                   employs not more than 500 employees, or the
                                                                                                                   size standard established by the Adminis-
                                                                                                                   trator for that North American Industry Clas-
                                                                                                                   sification code, per physical location of the
                                                                                                                   business concern or organization; and
                                                                                                                      (bb) the business concern or organization
                                                                                                                   makes a good faith certification that proceeds
                                                                                                                   of the loan will be used to support expenses at
                                                                                                                   the component of the business concern or or-
                                                                                                                   ganization that supports local or regional
                                                                                                                   news.
                                                                                                          (iv) WAIVER OF AFFILIATION RULES.—During the cov-
                                                                                                        ered period, the provisions applicable to affiliations
                                                                                                        under section 121.103 of title 13, Code of Federal Reg-
                                                                                                        ulations, or any successor regulation, are waived with
                                                                                                        respect to eligibility for a covered loan for—
                                                                                                                (I) any business concern with not more than 500
                                                                                                             employees that, as of the date on which the cov-
                                                                                                             ered loan is disbursed, is assigned a North Amer-
                                                                                                             ican Industry Classification System code begin-
                                                                                                             ning with 72;
                                                                                                                (II) any business concern operating as a fran-
                                                                                                             chise that is assigned a franchise identifier code
                                                                                                             by the Administration;
                                                                                                                (III) any business concern that receives finan-
                                                                                                             cial assistance from a company licensed under sec-
                                                                                                             tion 301 of the Small Business Investment Act of
                                                                                                             1958 (15 U.S.C. 681);
                                                                                                                (IV)(aa) any business concern (including any
                                                                                                             station which broadcasts pursuant to a license
                                                                                                             granted by the Federal Communications Commis-
                                                                                                             sion under title III of the Communications Act of
                                                                                                             1934 (47 U.S.C. 301 et seq.) without regard for
                                                                                                             whether such a station is a concern as defined in
                                                                                                             section 121.105 of title 13, Code of Federal Regu-
                                                                                                             lations, or any successor thereto) that employs not
                                                                                                             more than 500 employees, or the size standard es-




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                             tablished by the Administrator for the North
                                                                                                             American Industry Classification System code ap-
                                                                                                             plicable to the business concern, per physical loca-
                                                                                                             tion of such business concern and is majority




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00032   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        33

                                                                                                              owned or controlled by a business concern that is
                                                                                                              assigned a North American Industry Classification
                                                                                                              System code beginning with 511110 or 5151; or
                                                                                                                 (bb) any nonprofit organization that is assigned
                                                                                                              a North American Industry Classification System
                                                                                                              code beginning with 5151; and
                                                                                                                 (V) any business concern or other organization
                                                                                                              that was not eligible to receive a covered loan the
                                                                                                              day before the date of enactment of this subclause,
                                                                                                              is assigned a North American Industry Classifica-
                                                                                                              tion System code of 519130, certifies in good faith
                                                                                                              as an Internet-only news publisher or Internet-
                                                                                                              only periodical publisher, and is engaged in the
                                                                                                              collection and distribution of local or regional and
                                                                                                              national news and information, if the business
                                                                                                              concern or organization—
                                                                                                                       (aa) employs not more than 500 employees,
                                                                                                                    or the size standard established by the Ad-
                                                                                                                    ministrator for that North American Industry
                                                                                                                    Classification code, per physical location of
                                                                                                                    the business concern or organization; and
                                                                                                                       (bb) is majority owned or controlled by a
                                                                                                                    business concern or organization that is as-
                                                                                                                    signed a North American Industry Classifica-
                                                                                                                    tion System code of 519130.
                                                                                                           (v) EMPLOYEE.—For purposes of determining wheth-
                                                                                                        er a business concern, nonprofit organization, veterans
                                                                                                        organization, or Tribal business concern described in
                                                                                                        section 31(b)(2)(C) employs not more than 500 employ-
                                                                                                        ees under clause (i)(I), or for purposes of determining
                                                                                                        the number of employees of a housing cooperative or
                                                                                                        a business concern or organization made eligible for a
                                                                                                        loan under this paragraph under subclause (II), (III),
                                                                                                        or (IV) of clause (iii), subclause (IV) or (V) of clause
                                                                                                        (iv), clause (vii), or clause (ix), the term ‘‘employee’’ in-
                                                                                                        cludes individuals employed on a full-time, part-time,
                                                                                                        or other basis.
                                                                                                           (vi) AFFILIATION.—The provisions applicable to affili-
                                                                                                        ations under section 121.103 of title 13, Code of Fed-
                                                                                                        eral Regulations, or any successor thereto, shall apply
                                                                                                        with respect to a nonprofit organization and, a hous-
                                                                                                        ing cooperative, a veterans organization in the same
                                                                                                        manner as with respect to a small business concern.
                                                                                                           (vii) ELIGIBILITY FOR CERTAIN 501(c)(6) ORGANIZA-
                                                                                                        TIONS.—
                                                                                                                 (I) IN GENERAL.—Any organization that is de-
                                                                                                              scribed in section 501(c)(6) of the Internal Rev-
                                                                                                              enue Code and that is exempt from taxation under
                                                                                                              section 501(a) of such Code (excluding professional
                                                                                                              sports leagues and organizations with the purpose




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                              of promoting or participating in a political cam-
                                                                                                              paign or other activity) shall be eligible to receive
                                                                                                              a covered loan if—




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00033   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        34

                                                                                                                       (aa) the organization does not receive more
                                                                                                                    than 15 percent of its receipts from lobbying
                                                                                                                    activities;
                                                                                                                       (bb) the lobbying activities of the organiza-
                                                                                                                    tion do not comprise more than 15 percent of
                                                                                                                    the total activities of the organization;
                                                                                                                       (cc) the cost of the lobbying activities of the
                                                                                                                    organization did not exceed $1,000,000 during
                                                                                                                    the most recent tax year of the organization
                                                                                                                    that ended prior to February 15, 2020; and
                                                                                                                       (dd) the organization employs not more
                                                                                                                    than 300 employees.
                                                                                                                 (II) DESTINATION MARKETING ORGANIZATIONS.—
                                                                                                             Any destination marketing organization shall be
                                                                                                             eligible to receive a covered loan if—
                                                                                                                       (aa) the destination marketing organization
                                                                                                                    does not receive more than 15 percent of its
                                                                                                                    receipts from lobbying activities;
                                                                                                                       (bb) the lobbying activities of the destina-
                                                                                                                    tion marketing organization do not comprise
                                                                                                                    more than 15 percent of the total activities of
                                                                                                                    the organization;
                                                                                                                       (cc) the cost of the lobbying activities of the
                                                                                                                    destination marketing organization did not
                                                                                                                    exceed $1,000,000 during the most recent tax
                                                                                                                    year of the destination marketing organiza-
                                                                                                                    tion that ended prior to February 15, 2020;
                                                                                                                    and
                                                                                                                       (dd) the destination marketing organization
                                                                                                                    employs not more than 300 employees; and
                                                                                                                       (ee) the destination marketing organiza-
                                                                                                                    tion—
                                                                                                                            (AA) is described in section 501(c) of
                                                                                                                          the Internal Revenue Code and is exempt
                                                                                                                          from taxation under section 501(a) of
                                                                                                                          such Code; or
                                                                                                                            (BB) is a quasi-governmental entity or
                                                                                                                          is a political subdivision of a State or
                                                                                                                          local government, including any instru-
                                                                                                                          mentality of those entities.
                                                                                                           (viii) INELIGIBILITY OF PUBLICLY-TRADED ENTITIES.—
                                                                                                                 (I) IN GENERAL.—Subject to subclause (II), and
                                                                                                             notwithstanding any other provision of this para-
                                                                                                             graph, on and after the date of enactment of the
                                                                                                             Economic Aid to Hard-Hit Small Businesses, Non-
                                                                                                             profits, and Venues Act, an entity that is an
                                                                                                             issuer, the securities of which are listed on an ex-
                                                                                                             change registered as a national securities ex-
                                                                                                             change under section 6 of the Securities Exchange
                                                                                                             Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78f), shall be ineligible to
                                                                                                             receive a covered loan under this paragraph.




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                                 (II) RULE FOR AFFILIATED ENTITIES.—With re-
                                                                                                             spect to a business concern made eligible by sub-
                                                                                                             clause (II) or (IV) of clause (iii) or subclause (IV)
                                                                                                             or (V) of clause (iv) of this subparagraph, the Ad-




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00034   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        35

                                                                                                           ministrator shall not consider whether any affili-
                                                                                                           ated entity, which for purposes of this subclause
                                                                                                           shall include any entity that owns or controls such
                                                                                                           business concern or organization, is an issuer.
                                                                                                        (ix) ELIGIBILITY OF ADDITIONAL COVERED NONPROFIT
                                                                                                      ENTITIES.—An additional covered nonprofit entity shall
                                                                                                      be eligible to receive a covered loan if—
                                                                                                              (I) the additional covered nonprofit entity does
                                                                                                           not receive more than 15 percent of its receipts
                                                                                                           from lobbying activities;
                                                                                                              (II) the lobbying activities of the additional cov-
                                                                                                           ered nonprofit entity do not comprise more than
                                                                                                           15 percent of the total activities of the organiza-
                                                                                                           tion;
                                                                                                              (III) the cost of the lobbying activities of the ad-
                                                                                                           ditional covered nonprofit entity did not exceed
                                                                                                           $1,000,000 during the most recent tax year of the
                                                                                                           additional covered nonprofit entity that ended
                                                                                                           prior to February 15, 2020; and
                                                                                                              (IV) the additional covered nonprofit entity em-
                                                                                                           ploys not more than 300 employees.
                                                                                                   (E) MAXIMUM LOAN AMOUNT.—Except as provided in
                                                                                                 subparagraph (V), during the covered period, with respect
                                                                                                 to a covered loan, the maximum loan amount shall be the
                                                                                                 lesser of—
                                                                                                        (i)(I) the sum of—
                                                                                                              (aa) the product obtained by multiplying—
                                                                                                                   (AA) the average total monthly payments
                                                                                                                 by the applicant for payroll costs incurred
                                                                                                                 during the 1-year period before the date on
                                                                                                                 which the loan is made, except thatan appli-
                                                                                                                 cant that is a seasonal employer shall use the
                                                                                                                 average total monthly payments for payroll
                                                                                                                 for any 12-week period selected by the sea-
                                                                                                                 sonal employer between February 15, 2019,
                                                                                                                 and February 15, 2020; by
                                                                                                                   (BB) 2.5; and
                                                                                                              (bb) the outstanding amount of a loan under
                                                                                                           subsection (b)(2) that was made during the period
                                                                                                           beginning on January 31, 2020 and ending on the
                                                                                                           date on which covered loans are made available to
                                                                                                           be refinanced under the covered loan; or
                                                                                                        (II) if requested by an otherwise eligible recipient
                                                                                                      that was not in business during the period beginning
                                                                                                      on February 15, 2019 and ending on June 30, 2019,
                                                                                                      the sum of—
                                                                                                              (aa) the product obtained by multiplying—
                                                                                                                   (AA) the average total monthly payments
                                                                                                                 by the applicant for payroll costs incurred
                                                                                                                 during the period beginning on January 1,
                                                                                                                 2020 and ending on February 29, 2020; by




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                                   (BB) 2.5; and
                                                                                                              (bb) the outstanding amount of a loan under
                                                                                                           subsection (b)(2) that was made during the period
                                                                                                           beginning on January 31, 2020 and ending on the




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00035   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        36

                                                                                                              date on which covered loans are made available to
                                                                                                              be refinanced under the covered loan; or
                                                                                                           (ii) $10,000,000.
                                                                                                      (F) ALLOWABLE USES OF COVERED LOANS.—
                                                                                                           (i) IN GENERAL.—During the covered period, an eligi-
                                                                                                        ble recipient may, in addition to the allowable uses of
                                                                                                        a loan made under this subsection, use the proceeds of
                                                                                                        the covered loan for—
                                                                                                                 (I) payroll costs;
                                                                                                                 (II) costs related to the continuation of group
                                                                                                              health care benefits during periods of paid sick,
                                                                                                              medical, or family leave, and insurance premiums;
                                                                                                                 (III) employee salaries, commissions, or similar
                                                                                                              compensations;
                                                                                                                 (IV) payments of interest on any mortgage obli-
                                                                                                              gation (which shall not include any prepayment of
                                                                                                              or payment of principal on a mortgage obligation);
                                                                                                                 (V) rent (including rent under a lease agree-
                                                                                                              ment);
                                                                                                                 (VI) utilities;
                                                                                                                 (VII) interest on any other debt obligations that
                                                                                                              were incurred before the covered period;
                                                                                                                 (VIII) covered operations expenditures, as de-
                                                                                                              fined in section 7A(a);
                                                                                                                 (IX) covered property damage costs, as defined
                                                                                                              in section 7A(a);
                                                                                                                 (X) covered supplier costs, as defined in section
                                                                                                              7A(a); and
                                                                                                                 (XI) covered worker protection expenditures, as
                                                                                                              defined in section 7A(a).
                                                                                                           (ii) DELEGATED AUTHORITY.—
                                                                                                                 (I) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of making cov-
                                                                                                              ered loans for the purposes described in clause (i),
                                                                                                              a lender approved to make loans under this sub-
                                                                                                              section shall be deemed to have been delegated
                                                                                                              authority by the Administrator to make and ap-
                                                                                                              prove covered loans, subject to the provisions of
                                                                                                              this paragraph.
                                                                                                                 (II) CONSIDERATIONS.—In evaluating the eligi-
                                                                                                              bility of a borrower for a covered loan with the
                                                                                                              terms described in this paragraph, a lender shall
                                                                                                              consider whether the borrower—
                                                                                                                      (aa) was in operation on February 15, 2020;
                                                                                                                    and
                                                                                                                      (bb)(AA) had employees for whom the bor-
                                                                                                                    rower paid salaries and payroll taxes; or
                                                                                                                      (BB) paid independent contractors, as re-
                                                                                                                    ported on a Form 1099–MISC.
                                                                                                           (iii) ADDITIONAL LENDERS.—The authority to make
                                                                                                        loans under this paragraph shall be extended to addi-




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                        tional lenders determined by the Administrator and
                                                                                                        the Secretary of the Treasury to have the necessary
                                                                                                        qualifications to process, close, disburse and service
                                                                                                        loans made with the guarantee of the Administration.




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00036   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        37

                                                                                                          (iv) REFINANCE.—A loan made under subsection
                                                                                                        (b)(2) during the period beginning on January 31, 2020
                                                                                                        and ending on the date on which covered loans are
                                                                                                        made available may be refinanced as part of a covered
                                                                                                        loan.
                                                                                                          (v) NONRECOURSE.—Notwithstanding the waiver of
                                                                                                        the personal guarantee requirement or collateral
                                                                                                        under subparagraph (J), the Administrator shall have
                                                                                                        no recourse against any individual shareholder, mem-
                                                                                                        ber, or partner of an eligible recipient of a covered
                                                                                                        loan for nonpayment of any covered loan, except to the
                                                                                                        extent that such shareholder, member, or partner uses
                                                                                                        the covered loan proceeds for a purpose not authorized
                                                                                                        under clause (i) or (iv).
                                                                                                          (vi) PROHIBITION.—None of the proceeds of a covered
                                                                                                        loan may be used for—
                                                                                                                (I) lobbying activities, as defined in section 3 of
                                                                                                             the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C.
                                                                                                             1602);
                                                                                                                (II) lobbying expenditures related to a State or
                                                                                                             local election; or
                                                                                                                (III) expenditures designed to influence the en-
                                                                                                             actment of legislation, appropriations, regulation,
                                                                                                             administrative action, or Executive order proposed
                                                                                                             or pending before Congress or any State govern-
                                                                                                             ment, State legislature, or local legislature or leg-
                                                                                                             islative body.
                                                                                                      (G) BORROWER REQUIREMENTS.—
                                                                                                          (i) CERTIFICATION.—An eligible recipient applying
                                                                                                        for a covered loan shall make a good faith certifi-
                                                                                                        cation—
                                                                                                                (I) that the uncertainty of current economic con-
                                                                                                             ditions makes necessary the loan request to sup-
                                                                                                             port the ongoing operations of the eligible recipi-
                                                                                                             ent;
                                                                                                                (II) acknowledging that funds will be used to re-
                                                                                                             tain workers and maintain payroll or make mort-
                                                                                                             gage payments, lease payments, and utility pay-
                                                                                                             ments;
                                                                                                                (III) that the eligible recipient does not have an
                                                                                                             application pending for a loan under this sub-
                                                                                                             section for the same purpose and duplicative of
                                                                                                             amounts applied for or received under a covered
                                                                                                             loan; and
                                                                                                                (IV) during the period beginning on February
                                                                                                             15, 2020 and ending on December 31, 2020, that
                                                                                                             the eligible recipient has not received amounts
                                                                                                             under this subsection for the same purpose and
                                                                                                             duplicative of amounts applied for or received
                                                                                                             under a covered loan.




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                      (H) FEE WAIVER.—With respect to a covered loan—
                                                                                                          (i) in lieu of the fee otherwise applicable under para-
                                                                                                        graph (23)(A), the Administrator shall collect no fee;
                                                                                                        and




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00037   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        38

                                                                                                        (ii) in lieu of the fee otherwise applicable under
                                                                                                      paragraph (18)(A), the Administrator shall collect no
                                                                                                      fee.
                                                                                                   (I) CREDIT ELSEWHERE.—During the covered period, the
                                                                                                 requirement that a small business concern is unable to ob-
                                                                                                 tain credit elsewhere, as defined in section 3(h), shall not
                                                                                                 apply to a covered loan.
                                                                                                   (J) WAIVER OF PERSONAL GUARANTEE REQUIREMENT.—
                                                                                                 With respect to a covered loan—
                                                                                                        (i) no personal guarantee shall be required for the
                                                                                                      covered loan; and
                                                                                                        (ii) no collateral shall be required for the covered
                                                                                                      loan.
                                                                                                   (K) MATURITY FOR LOANS WITH REMAINING BALANCE
                                                                                                 AFTER APPLICATION OF FORGIVENESS.—With respect to a
                                                                                                 covered loan that has a remaining balance after reduction
                                                                                                 based on the loan forgiveness amount under section 7A—
                                                                                                        (i) the remaining balance shall continue to be guar-
                                                                                                      anteed by the Administration under this subsection;
                                                                                                      and
                                                                                                        (ii) the covered loan shall have a minimum maturity
                                                                                                      of 5 years and a maximum maturity of 10 years from
                                                                                                      the date on which the borrower applies for loan for-
                                                                                                      giveness under that section.
                                                                                                   (L) INTEREST RATE REQUIREMENTS.—A covered loan shall
                                                                                                 bear an interest rate not to exceed 4 percent, calculated on
                                                                                                 a non-compounding, non-adjustable basis.
                                                                                                   (M) LOAN DEFERMENT.—
                                                                                                        (i) DEFINITION OF IMPACTED BORROWER.—
                                                                                                              (I) IN GENERAL.—In this subparagraph, the term
                                                                                                           ‘‘impacted borrower’’ means an eligible recipient
                                                                                                           that—
                                                                                                                   (aa) is in operation on February 15, 2020;
                                                                                                                 and
                                                                                                                   (bb) has an application for a covered loan
                                                                                                                 that is approved or pending approval on or
                                                                                                                 after the date of enactment of this paragraph.
                                                                                                              (II) PRESUMPTION.—For purposes of this sub-
                                                                                                           paragraph, an impacted borrower is presumed to
                                                                                                           have been adversely impacted by COVID–19.
                                                                                                        (ii) DEFERRAL.—The Administrator shall—
                                                                                                              (I) consider each eligible recipient that applies
                                                                                                           for a covered loan to be an impacted borrower;
                                                                                                           and
                                                                                                              (II) require lenders under this subsection to pro-
                                                                                                           vide complete payment deferment relief for im-
                                                                                                           pacted borrowers with covered loans, including
                                                                                                           payment of principal, interest, and fees, until the
                                                                                                           date on which the amount of forgiveness deter-
                                                                                                           mined under section 7A is remitted to the lender.
                                                                                                        (iii) SECONDARY MARKET.—With respect to a covered




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                      loan that is sold on the secondary market, if an inves-
                                                                                                      tor declines to approve a deferral requested by a lend-
                                                                                                      er under clause (ii), the Administrator shall exercise
                                                                                                      the authority to purchase the loan so that the im-




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00038   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        39

                                                                                                      pacted borrower may receive a deferral, including pay-
                                                                                                      ment of principal, interest, and fees, until the date on
                                                                                                      which the amount of forgiveness determined under
                                                                                                      section 7A is remitted to the lender.
                                                                                                         (iv) GUIDANCE.—Not later than 30 days after the
                                                                                                      date of enactment of this paragraph, the Adminis-
                                                                                                      trator shall provide guidance to lenders under this
                                                                                                      paragraph on the deferment process described in this
                                                                                                      subparagraph.
                                                                                                         (v) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—If an eligible recipient
                                                                                                      fails to apply for forgiveness of a covered loan within
                                                                                                      10 months after the last day of the covered period de-
                                                                                                      fined in section 7A(a), such eligible recipient shall
                                                                                                      make payments of principal, interest, and fees on such
                                                                                                      covered loan beginning on the day that is not earlier
                                                                                                      than the date that is 10 months after the last day of
                                                                                                      such covered period.
                                                                                                    (N) SECONDARY MARKET SALES.—A covered loan shall be
                                                                                                 eligible to be sold in the secondary market consistent with
                                                                                                 this subsection. The Administrator may not collect any fee
                                                                                                 for any guarantee sold into the secondary market under
                                                                                                 this subparagraph.
                                                                                                    (O) REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS.—
                                                                                                         (i) RISK WEIGHT.—With respect to the appropriate
                                                                                                      Federal banking agencies or the National Credit
                                                                                                      Union Administration Board applying capital require-
                                                                                                      ments under their respective risk-based capital re-
                                                                                                      quirements, a covered loan shall receive a risk weight
                                                                                                      of zero percent.
                                                                                                         (ii) TEMPORARY RELIEF FROM TDR DISCLOSURES.—
                                                                                                      Notwithstanding any other provision of law, an in-
                                                                                                      sured depository institution or an insured credit union
                                                                                                      that modifies a covered loan in relation to COVID–19-
                                                                                                      related difficulties in a troubled debt restructuring on
                                                                                                      or after March 13, 2020, shall not be required to com-
                                                                                                      ply with the Financial Accounting Standards Board
                                                                                                      Accounting Standards Codification Subtopic 310–40
                                                                                                      (‘‘Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by
                                                                                                      Creditors’’) for purposes of compliance with the re-
                                                                                                      quirements of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12
                                                                                                      U.S.C. 1811 et seq.), until such time and under such
                                                                                                      circumstances as the appropriate Federal banking
                                                                                                      agency or the National Credit Union Administration
                                                                                                      Board, as applicable, determines appropriate.
                                                                                                    (P) REIMBURSEMENT FOR PROCESSING.—
                                                                                                         (i) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator shall reimburse
                                                                                                      a lender authorized to make a covered loan as follows:
                                                                                                              (I) With respect to a covered loan made during
                                                                                                            the period beginning on the date of enactment of
                                                                                                            this paragraph and ending on the day before the




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                            date of enactment of the Economic Aid to Hard-
                                                                                                            Hit Small Businesses, Nonprofits, and Venues
                                                                                                            Act, the Administrator shall reimburse such a
                                                                                                            lender at a rate, based on the balance of the fi-




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00039   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        40

                                                                                                              nancing outstanding at the time of disbursement
                                                                                                              of the covered loan, of—
                                                                                                                       (aa) 5 percent for loans of not more than
                                                                                                                    $350,000;
                                                                                                                       (bb) 3 percent for loans of more than
                                                                                                                    $350,000 and less than $2,000,000; and
                                                                                                                       (cc) 1 percent for loans of not less than
                                                                                                                    $2,000,000.
                                                                                                                 (II) With respect to a covered loan made on or
                                                                                                              after the date of enactment of the Economic Aid to
                                                                                                              Hard-Hit Small Businesses, Nonprofits, and
                                                                                                              Venues Act, the Administrator shall reimburse
                                                                                                              such a lender—
                                                                                                                       (aa) for a covered loan of not more than
                                                                                                                    $50,000, in an amount equal to the lesser of—
                                                                                                                            (AA) 50 percent of the balance of the fi-
                                                                                                                          nancing outstanding at the time of dis-
                                                                                                                          bursement of the covered loan; or
                                                                                                                            (BB) $2,500; and
                                                                                                                       (bb) at a rate, based on the balance of the
                                                                                                                    financing outstanding at the time of disburse-
                                                                                                                    ment of the covered loan, of—
                                                                                                                            (AA) 5 percent for a covered loan of
                                                                                                                          more than $50,000 and not more than
                                                                                                                          $350,000;
                                                                                                                            (BB) 3 percent for a covered loan of
                                                                                                                          more than $350,000 and less than
                                                                                                                          $2,000,000; and
                                                                                                                            (CC) 1 percent for a covered loan of not
                                                                                                                          less than $2,000,000.
                                                                                                           (ii) FEE LIMITS.—An agent that assists an eligible re-
                                                                                                        cipient to prepare an application for a covered loan
                                                                                                        may not collect a fee in excess of the limits established
                                                                                                        by the Administrator. If an eligible recipient has
                                                                                                        knowingly retained an agent, such fees shall be paid
                                                                                                        by the eligible recipient and may not be paid out of the
                                                                                                        proceeds of a covered loan. A lender shall only be re-
                                                                                                        sponsible for paying fees to an agent for services for
                                                                                                        which the lender directly contracts with the agent.
                                                                                                           (iii) TIMING.—A reimbursement described in clause
                                                                                                        (i) shall be made not later than 5 days after the re-
                                                                                                        ported disbursement of the covered loan and may not
                                                                                                        be required to be repaid by a lender unless the lender
                                                                                                        is found guilty of an act of fraud in connection with
                                                                                                        the covered loan.
                                                                                                           (iv) SENSE OF THE SENATE.—It is the sense of the
                                                                                                        Senate that the Administrator should issue guidance
                                                                                                        to lenders and agents to ensure that the processing
                                                                                                        and disbursement of covered loans prioritizes small
                                                                                                        business concerns and entities in underserved and




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                        rural markets, including veterans and members of the
                                                                                                        military community, small business concerns owned
                                                                                                        and controlled by socially and economically disadvan-
                                                                                                        taged individuals (as defined in section 8(d)(3)(C)),




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00040   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        41

                                                                                                      women, and businesses in operation for less than 2
                                                                                                      years.
                                                                                                   (Q) DUPLICATION.—Nothing in this paragraph shall pro-
                                                                                                 hibit a recipient of an economic injury disaster loan made
                                                                                                 under subsection (b)(2) during the period beginning on
                                                                                                 January 31, 2020 and ending on the date on which covered
                                                                                                 loans are made available that is for a purpose other than
                                                                                                 paying payroll costs and other obligations described in sub-
                                                                                                 paragraph (F) from receiving assistance under this para-
                                                                                                 graph.
                                                                                                   (R) WAIVER OF PREPAYMENT PENALTY.—Notwithstanding
                                                                                                 any other provision of law, there shall be no prepayment
                                                                                                 penalty for any payment made on a covered loan.
                                                                                                   (S) SET-ASIDE FOR INSURED DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS,
                                                                                                 CREDIT UNIONS, AND COMMUNITY FINANCIAL INSTITU-
                                                                                                 TIONS.—
                                                                                                         (i) INSURED DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS AND CREDIT
                                                                                                      UNIONS.—In making loan guarantees under this para-
                                                                                                      graph after the date of enactment of this clause, the
                                                                                                      Administrator shall guarantee not less than
                                                                                                      $30,000,000,000 in loans made by—
                                                                                                              (I) insured depository institutions with consoli-
                                                                                                            dated assets of not less than $10,000,000,000 and
                                                                                                            less than $50,000,000,000; and
                                                                                                              (II) credit unions with consolidated assets of not
                                                                                                            less than $10,000,000,000 and less than
                                                                                                            $50,000,000,000.
                                                                                                         (ii) COMMUNITY FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS, SMALL IN-
                                                                                                      SURED       DEPOSITORY     INSTITUTIONS,    AND    CREDIT
                                                                                                      UNIONS.—In making loan guarantees under this para-
                                                                                                      graph after the date of enactment of this clause, the
                                                                                                      Administrator shall guarantee not less than
                                                                                                      $30,000,000,000 in loans made by—
                                                                                                              (I) community financial institutions;
                                                                                                              (II) insured depository institutions with consoli-
                                                                                                            dated assets of less than $10,000,000,000; and
                                                                                                              (III) credit unions with consolidated assets of
                                                                                                            less than $10,000,000,000.
                                                                                                   (T) REQUIREMENT FOR DATE IN OPERATION.—A business
                                                                                                 or organization that was not in operation on February 15,
                                                                                                 2020 shall not be eligible for a loan under this paragraph.
                                                                                                   (U) EXCLUSION OF ENTITIES RECEIVING SHUTTERED
                                                                                                 VENUE OPERATOR GRANTS.—An eligible person or entity (as
                                                                                                 defined under of section 24 of the Economic Aid to Hard-
                                                                                                 Hit Small Businesses, Nonprofits, and Venues Act) that re-
                                                                                                 ceives a grant under such section 24 shall not be eligible
                                                                                                 for a loan under this paragraph.
                                                                                                   (V) CALCULATION OF MAXIMUM LOAN AMOUNT FOR FARM-
                                                                                                 ERS AND RANCHERS.—
                                                                                                         (i) DEFINITION.—In this subparagraph, the term




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                      ‘‘covered recipient’’ means an eligible recipient that—
                                                                                                              (I) operates as a sole proprietorship or as an
                                                                                                            independent contractor, or is an eligible self-em-
                                                                                                            ployed individual;




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00041   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        42

                                                                                                               (II) reports farm income or expenses on a Sched-
                                                                                                            ule F (or any equivalent successor schedule); and
                                                                                                               (III) was in business as of February 15, 2020.
                                                                                                        (ii) NO EMPLOYEES.—With respect to covered recipi-
                                                                                                     ent without employees, the maximum covered loan
                                                                                                     amount shall be the lesser of—
                                                                                                               (I) the sum of—
                                                                                                                    (aa) the product obtained by multiplying—
                                                                                                                         (AA) the gross income of the covered re-
                                                                                                                       cipient in 2019, as reported on a Schedule
                                                                                                                       F (or any equivalent successor schedule),
                                                                                                                       that is not more than $100,000, divided
                                                                                                                       by 12; and
                                                                                                                         (BB) 2.5; and
                                                                                                                    (bb) the outstanding amount of a loan
                                                                                                                  under subsection (b)(2) that was made during
                                                                                                                  the period beginning on January 31, 2020 and
                                                                                                                  ending on April 3, 2020 that the borrower in-
                                                                                                                  tends to refinance under the covered loan, not
                                                                                                                  including any amount of any advance under
                                                                                                                  the loan that is not required to be repaid; or
                                                                                                               (II) $2,000,000.
                                                                                                        (iii) WITH EMPLOYEES.—With respect to a covered re-
                                                                                                     cipient with employees, the maximum covered loan
                                                                                                     amount shall be calculated using the formula de-
                                                                                                     scribed in subparagraph (E), except that the gross in-
                                                                                                     come of the covered recipient described in clause
                                                                                                     (ii)(I)(aa)(AA) of this subparagraph, as divided by 12,
                                                                                                     shall be added to the sum calculated under subpara-
                                                                                                     graph (E)(i)(I).
                                                                                                        (iv) RECALCULATION.—A lender that made a covered
                                                                                                     loan to a covered recipient before the date of enact-
                                                                                                     ment of this subparagraph may, at the request of the
                                                                                                     covered recipient—
                                                                                                               (I) recalculate the maximum loan amount appli-
                                                                                                            cable to that covered loan based on the formula
                                                                                                            described in clause (ii) or (iii), as applicable, if
                                                                                                            doing so would result in a larger covered loan
                                                                                                            amount; and
                                                                                                               (II) provide the covered recipient with additional
                                                                                                            covered loan amounts based on that recalculation.
                                                                                                   (W) FRAUD ENFORCEMENT HARMONIZATION.—Notwith-
                                                                                                standing any other provision of law, any criminal charge
                                                                                                or civil enforcement action alleging that a borrower en-
                                                                                                gaged in fraud with respect to a covered loan guaranteed
                                                                                                under this paragraph shall be filed not later than 10 years
                                                                                                after the offense was committed.
                                                                                              (37) PAYCHECK PROTECTION PROGRAM SECOND DRAW LOANS.—
                                                                                                   (A) DEFINITIONS.—In this paragraph—
                                                                                                        (i) the terms ‘‘additional covered nonprofit enti-
                                                                                                     ty’’,‘‘eligible self-employed individual’’, ‘‘housing cooper-




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                     ative’’, ‘‘nonprofit organization’’, ‘‘payroll costs’’, ‘‘sea-
                                                                                                     sonal employer’’, and ‘‘veterans organization’’ have the
                                                                                                     meanings given those terms in paragraph (36), except
                                                                                                     that ‘‘eligible entity’’ shall be substituted for ‘‘eligible




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00042   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        43

                                                                                                        recipient’’ each place it appears in the definitions of
                                                                                                        those terms;
                                                                                                          (ii) the term ‘‘covered loan’’ means a loan made
                                                                                                        under this paragraph;
                                                                                                          (iii) the terms ‘‘covered mortgage obligation’’, ‘‘cov-
                                                                                                        ered operating expenditure’’, ‘‘covered property dam-
                                                                                                        age cost’’, ‘‘covered rent obligation’’, ‘‘covered supplier
                                                                                                        cost’’, ‘‘covered utility payment’’, and ‘‘covered worker
                                                                                                        protection expenditure’’ have the meanings given those
                                                                                                        terms in section 7A(a);
                                                                                                          (iv) the term ‘‘eligible entity’’—
                                                                                                                (I) means any business concern, nonprofit orga-
                                                                                                             nization, housing cooperative, veterans organiza-
                                                                                                             tion, Tribal business concern, eligible self-em-
                                                                                                             ployed individual, sole proprietor, independent
                                                                                                             contractor, or small agricultural cooperative
                                                                                                             that—
                                                                                                                      (aa) employs not more than 300 employees;
                                                                                                                   and
                                                                                                                      (bb)(AA) except as provided in subitems
                                                                                                                   (BB), (CC), and (DD), had gross receipts dur-
                                                                                                                   ing the first, second, third, or, only with re-
                                                                                                                   spect to an application submitted on or after
                                                                                                                   January 1, 2021, fourth quarter in 2020 that
                                                                                                                   demonstrate not less than a 25 percent reduc-
                                                                                                                   tion from the gross receipts of the entity dur-
                                                                                                                   ing the same quarter in 2019;
                                                                                                                      (BB) if the entity was not in business dur-
                                                                                                                   ing the first or second quarter of 2019, but
                                                                                                                   was in business during the third and fourth
                                                                                                                   quarter of 2019, had gross receipts during the
                                                                                                                   first, second, third, or, only with respect to an
                                                                                                                   application submitted on or after January 1,
                                                                                                                   2021, fourth quarter of 2020 that demonstrate
                                                                                                                   not less than a 25 percent reduction from the
                                                                                                                   gross receipts of the entity during the third or
                                                                                                                   fourth quarter of 2019;
                                                                                                                      (CC) if the entity was not in business dur-
                                                                                                                   ing the first, second, or third quarter of 2019,
                                                                                                                   but was in business during the fourth quarter
                                                                                                                   of 2019, had gross receipts during the first,
                                                                                                                   second, third, or, only with respect to an ap-
                                                                                                                   plication submitted on or after January 1,
                                                                                                                   2021, fourth quarter of 2020 that demonstrate
                                                                                                                   not less than a 25 percent reduction from the
                                                                                                                   gross receipts of the entity during the fourth
                                                                                                                   quarter of 2019; or
                                                                                                                      (DD) if the entity was not in business dur-
                                                                                                                   ing 2019, but was in operation on February
                                                                                                                   15, 2020, had gross receipts during the sec-




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                                   ond, third, or, only with respect to an applica-
                                                                                                                   tion submitted on or after January 1, 2021,
                                                                                                                   fourth quarter of 2020 that demonstrate not
                                                                                                                   less than a 25 percent reduction from the




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00043   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        44

                                                                                                                  gross receipts of the entity during the first
                                                                                                                  quarter of 2020;
                                                                                                               (II) includes a business concern or organization
                                                                                                            made eligible for a loan under paragraph (36)
                                                                                                            under subclause (II), (III), or (IV) of clause (iii),
                                                                                                            subclause (IV) or (V) of clause (iv), clause (vii), or
                                                                                                            clause (ix) of subparagraph (D) of paragraph (36)
                                                                                                            and that meets the requirements described in
                                                                                                            items (aa) and (bb) of subclause (I); and
                                                                                                               (III) does not include—
                                                                                                                     (aa) any entity that is a type of business
                                                                                                                  concern (or would be, if such entity were a
                                                                                                                  business concern) described in section 120.110
                                                                                                                  of title 13, Code of Federal Regulations (or in
                                                                                                                  any successor regulation or other related
                                                                                                                  guidance or rule that may be issued by the
                                                                                                                  Administrator) other than a business concern
                                                                                                                  described in subsection (a) or (k) of such sec-
                                                                                                                  tion; or
                                                                                                                     (bb) any business concern or entity pri-
                                                                                                                  marily engaged in political or lobbying activi-
                                                                                                                  ties, which shall include any entity that is or-
                                                                                                                  ganized for research or for engaging in advo-
                                                                                                                  cacy in areas such as public policy or political
                                                                                                                  strategy or otherwise describes itself as a
                                                                                                                  think tank in any public documents;
                                                                                                                     (cc) any business concern or entity—
                                                                                                                          (AA) for which an entity created in or
                                                                                                                        organized under the laws of the People’s
                                                                                                                        Republic of China or the Special Adminis-
                                                                                                                        trative Region of Hong Kong, or that has
                                                                                                                        significant operations in the People’s Re-
                                                                                                                        public of China or the Special Adminis-
                                                                                                                        trative Region of Hong Kong, owns or
                                                                                                                        holds, directly or indirectly, not less than
                                                                                                                        20 percent of the economic interest of the
                                                                                                                        business concern or entity, including as
                                                                                                                        equity shares or a capital or profit inter-
                                                                                                                        est in a limited liability company or part-
                                                                                                                        nership; or
                                                                                                                          (BB) that retains, as a member of the
                                                                                                                        board of directors of the business concern,
                                                                                                                        a person who is a resident of the People’s
                                                                                                                        Republic of China;
                                                                                                                     (dd) any person required to submit a reg-
                                                                                                                  istration statement under section 2 of the For-
                                                                                                                  eign Agents Registration Act of 1938 (22
                                                                                                                  U.S.C. 612); or
                                                                                                                     (ee) an eligible person or entity (as defined
                                                                                                                  under section 24 of the Economic Aid to Hard-
                                                                                                                  Hit Small Businesses, Nonprofits, and Venues




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                                  Act) that receives a grant under such section
                                                                                                                  24; and
                                                                                                          (v) the term ‘‘Tribal business concern’’ means a Trib-
                                                                                                        al business concern described in section 31(b)(2)(C).




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00044   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        45

                                                                                                    (B) LOANS.—Except as otherwise provided in this para-
                                                                                                 graph, the Administrator may guarantee covered loans to
                                                                                                 eligible entities under the same terms, conditions, and
                                                                                                 processes as a loan made under paragraph (36).
                                                                                                    (C) MAXIMUM LOAN AMOUNT.—
                                                                                                         (i) IN GENERAL.—Except as otherwise provided in
                                                                                                      this subparagraph, the maximum amount of a covered
                                                                                                      loan made to an eligible entity is the lesser of—
                                                                                                               (I) the product obtained by multiplying—
                                                                                                                    (aa) at the election of the eligible entity, the
                                                                                                                  average total monthly payment for payroll
                                                                                                                  costs incurred or paid by the eligible entity
                                                                                                                  during—
                                                                                                                         (AA) the 1-year period before the date
                                                                                                                      on which the loan is made; or
                                                                                                                         (BB) calendar year 2019; by
                                                                                                                    (bb) 2.5; or
                                                                                                               (II) $2,000,000.
                                                                                                         (ii) SEASONAL EMPLOYERS.—The maximum amount
                                                                                                      of a covered loan made to an eligible entity that is a
                                                                                                      seasonal employer is the lesser of—
                                                                                                               (I) the product obtained by multiplying—
                                                                                                                    (aa) at the election of the eligible entity, the
                                                                                                                  average total monthly payments for payroll
                                                                                                                  costs incurred or paid by the eligible entity for
                                                                                                                  any 12-week period between February 15,
                                                                                                                  2019 and February 15, 2020; by
                                                                                                                    (bb) 2.5; or
                                                                                                               (II) $2,000,000.
                                                                                                         (iii) NEW ENTITIES.—The maximum amount of a cov-
                                                                                                      ered loan made to an eligible entity that did not exist
                                                                                                      during the 1-year period preceding February 15, 2020
                                                                                                      is the lesser of—
                                                                                                               (I) the product obtained by multiplying—
                                                                                                                    (aa) the quotient obtained by dividing—
                                                                                                                         (AA) the sum of the total monthly pay-
                                                                                                                      ments by the eligible entity for payroll
                                                                                                                      costs paid or incurred by the eligible enti-
                                                                                                                      ty as of the date on which the eligible en-
                                                                                                                      tity applies for the covered loan; by
                                                                                                                         (BB) the number of months in which
                                                                                                                      those payroll costs were paid or incurred;
                                                                                                                      by
                                                                                                                    (bb) 2.5; or
                                                                                                               (II) $2,000,000.
                                                                                                         (iv) NAICS 72 ENTITIES.—The maximum amount of
                                                                                                      a covered loan made to an eligible entity that is as-
                                                                                                      signed a North American Industry Classification Sys-
                                                                                                      tem code beginning with 72 at the time of disbursal is
                                                                                                      the lesser of—
                                                                                                               (I) the product obtained by multiplying—




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                                    (aa) at the election of the eligible entity, the
                                                                                                                  average total monthly payment for payroll
                                                                                                                  costs incurred or paid by the eligible entity
                                                                                                                  during—




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00045   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        46

                                                                                                                        (AA) the 1-year period before the date
                                                                                                                      on which the loan is made; or
                                                                                                                        (BB) calendar year 2019; by
                                                                                                                   (bb) 3.5; or
                                                                                                              (II) $2,000,000.
                                                                                                   (D) BUSINESS CONCERNS WITH MORE THAN 1 PHYSICAL LO-
                                                                                                 CATION.—
                                                                                                        (i) IN GENERAL.—For a business concern with more
                                                                                                      than 1 physical location, the business concern shall be
                                                                                                      an eligible entity if the business concern would be eli-
                                                                                                      gible for a loan under paragraph (36) pursuant to
                                                                                                      clause (iii) of subparagraph (D) of such paragraph, as
                                                                                                      applied in accordance with clause (ii) of this subpara-
                                                                                                      graph, and meets the revenue reduction requirements
                                                                                                      described in item (bb) of subparagraph (A)(iv)(I).
                                                                                                        (ii) SIZE LIMIT.—For purposes of applying clause (i),
                                                                                                      the Administrator shall substitute ‘‘not more than 300
                                                                                                      employees’’ for ‘‘not more than 500 employees’’ in para-
                                                                                                      graph (36)(D)(iii).
                                                                                                   (E) WAIVER OF AFFILIATION RULES.—
                                                                                                        (i) IN GENERAL.—The waiver described in paragraph
                                                                                                      (36)(D)(iv) shall apply for purposes of determining eli-
                                                                                                      gibility under this paragraph.
                                                                                                        (ii) SIZE LIMIT.—For purposes of applying clause (i),
                                                                                                      the Administrator shall substitute ‘‘not more than 300
                                                                                                      employees’’ for ‘‘not more than 500 employees’’ in sub-
                                                                                                      clause (I) and (IV) of paragraph (36)(D)(iv).
                                                                                                   (F) LOAN NUMBER LIMITATION.—An eligible entity may
                                                                                                 only receive 1 covered loan.
                                                                                                   (G) EXCEPTION FROM CERTAIN CERTIFICATION REQUIRE-
                                                                                                 MENTS.—An eligible entity applying for a covered loan
                                                                                                 shall not be required to make the certification described in
                                                                                                 clause (iii) or (iv) of paragraph (36)(G).
                                                                                                   (H) FEE WAIVER.—With respect to a covered loan—
                                                                                                        (i) in lieu of the fee otherwise applicable under para-
                                                                                                      graph (23)(A), the Administrator shall collect no fee;
                                                                                                      and
                                                                                                        (ii) in lieu of the fee otherwise applicable under
                                                                                                      paragraph (18)(A), the Administrator shall collect no
                                                                                                      fee.
                                                                                                   (I) GROSS RECEIPTS AND SIMPLIFIED CERTIFICATION OF
                                                                                                 REVENUE TEST.—
                                                                                                        (i) LOANS OF UP TO $150,000.—For a covered loan of
                                                                                                      not more than $150,000, the eligible entity—
                                                                                                              (I) may submit a certification attesting that the
                                                                                                           eligible entity meets the applicable revenue loss
                                                                                                           requirement under subparagraph (A)(iv)(I)(bb);
                                                                                                           and
                                                                                                              (II) if the eligible entity submits a certification
                                                                                                           under subclause (I), shall, on or before the date on




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                           which the eligible entity submits an application
                                                                                                           for forgiveness under subparagraph (J), produce
                                                                                                           adequate documentation that the eligible entity
                                                                                                           met such revenue loss standard.




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00046   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        47

                                                                                                           (ii) FOR NONPROFIT AND VETERANS ORGANIZATIONS.—
                                                                                                        For purposes of calculating gross receipts under sub-
                                                                                                        paragraph (A)(iv)(I)(bb) for an eligible entity that is a
                                                                                                        nonprofit organization, a veterans organization, or an
                                                                                                        organization described in subparagraph (A)(iv)(II),
                                                                                                        gross receipts means gross receipts within the mean-
                                                                                                        ing of section 6033 of the Internal Revenue Code of
                                                                                                        1986.
                                                                                                      (J) LOAN FORGIVENESS.—
                                                                                                           (i) DEFINITION OF COVERED PERIOD.—In this sub-
                                                                                                        paragraph, the term ‘‘covered period’’ has the meaning
                                                                                                        given that term in section 7A(a).
                                                                                                           (ii) FORGIVENESS GENERALLY.—Except as otherwise
                                                                                                        provided in this subparagraph, an eligible entity shall
                                                                                                        be eligible for forgiveness of indebtedness on a covered
                                                                                                        loan in the same manner as an eligible recipient with
                                                                                                        respect to a loan made under paragraph (36) of this
                                                                                                        section, as described in section 7A.
                                                                                                           (iii) FORGIVENESS AMOUNT.—An eligible entity shall
                                                                                                        be eligible for forgiveness of indebtedness on a covered
                                                                                                        loan in an amount equal to the sum of the following
                                                                                                        costs incurred or expenditures made during the cov-
                                                                                                        ered period:
                                                                                                                 (I) Payroll costs, excluding any payroll costs
                                                                                                              that are—
                                                                                                                       (aa) qualified wages, as defined in sub-
                                                                                                                    section (c)(3) of section 2301 of the CARES
                                                                                                                    Act (26 U.S.C. 3111 note), taken into account
                                                                                                                    in determining the credit allowed under such
                                                                                                                    section;
                                                                                                                       (bb) qualified wages taken into account in
                                                                                                                    determining the credit allowed under sub-
                                                                                                                    section (a) or (d) of section 303 of the Tax-
                                                                                                                    payer Certainty and Disaster Relief Act of
                                                                                                                    2020; or
                                                                                                                       (cc) premiums taken into account in deter-
                                                                                                                    mining the credit allowed under section 6432
                                                                                                                    of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
                                                                                                                 (II) Any payment of interest on any covered
                                                                                                              mortgage obligation (which shall not include any
                                                                                                              prepayment of or payment of principal on a cov-
                                                                                                              ered mortgage obligation).
                                                                                                                 (III) Any covered operations expenditure.
                                                                                                                 (IV) Any covered property damage cost.
                                                                                                                 (V) Any payment on any covered rent obligation.
                                                                                                                 (VI) Any covered utility payment.
                                                                                                                 (VII) Any covered supplier cost.
                                                                                                                 (VIII) Any covered worker protection expendi-
                                                                                                              ture.
                                                                                                           (iv) LIMITATION ON FORGIVENESS FOR ALL ELIGIBLE




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                        ENTITIES.—Subject to any reductions under section
                                                                                                        7A(d), the forgiveness amount under this subpara-
                                                                                                        graph shall be equal to the lesser of—
                                                                                                                 (I) the amount described in clause (ii); and




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00047   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        48

                                                                                                              (II) the amount equal to the quotient obtained
                                                                                                           by dividing—
                                                                                                                   (aa) the amount of the covered loan used for
                                                                                                                 payroll costs during the covered period; and
                                                                                                                   (bb) 0.60.
                                                                                                        (v) SUBMISSION OF MATERIALS FOR FORGIVENESS.—
                                                                                                      For purposes of applying subsection (l)(1) of section 7A
                                                                                                      to a covered loan of not more than $150,000 under this
                                                                                                      paragraph, an eligible entity may be required to pro-
                                                                                                      vide, at the time of the application for forgiveness, doc-
                                                                                                      umentation required to substantiate revenue loss in
                                                                                                      accordance with subparagraph (I).
                                                                                                    (K) LENDER ELIGIBILITY.—Except as otherwise provided
                                                                                                 in this paragraph, a lender approved to make loans under
                                                                                                 paragraph (36) may make covered loans under the same
                                                                                                 terms and conditions as in paragraph (36).
                                                                                                    (L) REIMBURSEMENT FOR LOAN PROCESSING AND SERV-
                                                                                                 ICING.—The Administrator shall reimburse a lender au-
                                                                                                 thorized to make a covered loan—
                                                                                                        (i) for a covered loan of not more than $50,000, in
                                                                                                      an amount equal to the lesser of—
                                                                                                              (I) 50 percent of the balance of the financing
                                                                                                           outstanding at the time of disbursement of the
                                                                                                           covered loan; or
                                                                                                              (II) $2,500;
                                                                                                        (ii) at a rate, based on the balance of the financing
                                                                                                      outstanding at the time of disbursement of the covered
                                                                                                      loan, of—
                                                                                                              (I) 5 percent for a covered loan of more than
                                                                                                           $50,000 and not more than $350,000; and
                                                                                                              (II) 3 percent for a covered loan of more than
                                                                                                           $350,000.
                                                                                                    (M) PUBLICATION OF GUIDANCE.—Not later than 10 days
                                                                                                 after the date of enactment of this paragraph, the Admin-
                                                                                                 istrator shall issue guidance addressing barriers to access-
                                                                                                 ing capital for minority, underserved, veteran, and women-
                                                                                                 owned business concerns for the purpose of ensuring equi-
                                                                                                 table access to covered loans.
                                                                                                    (N) STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE.—The Adminis-
                                                                                                 trator shall, to the maximum extent practicable, allow a
                                                                                                 lender approved to make covered loans to use existing pro-
                                                                                                 gram guidance and standard operating procedures for
                                                                                                 loans made under this subsection.
                                                                                                    (O) SUPPLEMENTAL COVERED LOANS.—A covered loan
                                                                                                 under this paragraph may only be made to an eligible enti-
                                                                                                 ty that—
                                                                                                        (i) has received a loan under paragraph (36); and
                                                                                                        (ii) on or before the expected date on which the cov-
                                                                                                      ered loan under this paragraph is disbursed to the eli-
                                                                                                      gible entity, has used, or will use, the full amount of
                                                                                                      the loan received under paragraph (36).




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                    (P) FRAUD ENFORCEMENT HARMONIZATION.—Notwith-
                                                                                                 standing any other provision of law, any criminal charge
                                                                                                 or civil enforcement action alleging that a borrower en-
                                                                                                 gaged in fraud with respect to a covered loan guaranteed




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00048   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        49

                                                                                              under this paragraph shall be filed not later than 10 years
                                                                                              after the offense was committed.
                                                                                       (b) Except as to agricultural enterprises as defined in section
                                                                                    18(b)(1) of this Act, the Administration also is empowered to the
                                                                                    extent and in such amounts as provided in advance in appropria-
                                                                                    tion Acts—
                                                                                            (1)(A) to make such loans (either directly or in cooperation
                                                                                         with banks or other lending institutions through agreements to
                                                                                         participate on an immediate or deferred (guaranteed) basis) as
                                                                                         the Administration may determine to be necessary or appro-
                                                                                         priate to repair, rehabilitate or replace property, real or per-
                                                                                         sonal, damaged or destroyed by or as a result of natural or
                                                                                         other disasters: Provided, That such damage or destruction is
                                                                                         not compensated for by insurance or otherwise: And provided
                                                                                         further, That the Administration may increase the amount of
                                                                                         the loan by up to an additional 20 per centum of the aggregate
                                                                                         costs of such damage or destruction (whether or not com-
                                                                                         pensated for by insurance or otherwise) if it determines such
                                                                                         increase to be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the
                                                                                         damaged or destroyed property from possible future disasters
                                                                                         by taking mitigating measures, including—
                                                                                                 (i) construction of retaining walls and sea walls;
                                                                                                 (ii) grading and contouring land; and
                                                                                                 (iii) relocating utilities and modifying structures, includ-
                                                                                              ing construction of a safe room or similar storm shelter de-
                                                                                              signed to protect property and occupants from tornadoes or
                                                                                              other natural disasters, if such safe room or similar storm
                                                                                              shelter is constructed in accordance with applicable stand-
                                                                                              ards issued by the Federal Emergency Management Agen-
                                                                                              cy;
                                                                                            (B) to refinance any mortgage or other lien against a totally
                                                                                         destroyed or substantially damaged home or business concern:
                                                                                         Provided, That no loan or guarantee shall be extended unless
                                                                                         the Administration finds that (i) the applicant is not able to ob-
                                                                                         tain credit elsewhere; (ii) such property is to be repaired, reha-
                                                                                         bilitated, or replaced; (iii) the amount refinanced shall not ex-
                                                                                         ceed the amount of physical loss sustained; and (iv) such
                                                                                         amount shall be reduced to the extent such mortgage or lien
                                                                                         is satisfied by insurance or otherwise; and
                                                                                            (C) during fiscal years 2000 through 2004, to establish a
                                                                                         predisaster mitigation program to make such loans (either di-
                                                                                         rectly or in cooperation with banks or other lending institu-
                                                                                         tions through agreements to participate on an immediate or
                                                                                         deferred (guaranteed) basis), as the Administrator may deter-
                                                                                         mine to be necessary or appropriate, to enable small busi-
                                                                                         nesses to use mitigation techniques in support of a formal miti-
                                                                                         gation program established by the Federal Emergency Manage-
                                                                                         ment Agency, except that no loan or guarantee may be ex-
                                                                                         tended to a small business under this subparagraph unless the
                                                                                         Administration finds that the small business is otherwise un-
                                                                                         able to obtain credit for the purposes described in this subpara-




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                         graph;
                                                                                            (2) to make such loans (either directly or in cooperation with
                                                                                         banks or other lending institutions through agreements to par-
                                                                                         ticipate on an immediate or deferred (guaranteed) basis) as the




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00049   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        50

                                                                                           Administration may determine to be necessary or appropriate
                                                                                           to any small business concern, private nonprofit organization,
                                                                                           or small agricultural cooperative located in an area affected by
                                                                                           a disaster, (including drought), with respect to both farm-re-
                                                                                           lated and nonfarm-related small business concerns, if the Ad-
                                                                                           ministration determines that the concern, the organization, or
                                                                                           the cooperative has suffered a substantial economic injury as
                                                                                           a result of such disaster and if such disaster constitutes—
                                                                                                  (A) a major disaster, as determined by the President
                                                                                               under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emer-
                                                                                               gency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5121 et seq.);
                                                                                                  (B) a natural disaster, as determined by the Secretary of
                                                                                               Agriculture pursuant to section 321 of the Consolidated
                                                                                               Farm and Rural Development Act (7 U.S.C. 1961), in
                                                                                               which case, assistance under this paragraph may be pro-
                                                                                               vided to farm-related and nonfarm-related small business
                                                                                               concerns, subject to the other applicable requirements of
                                                                                               this paragraph;
                                                                                                  (C) a disaster, as determined by the Administrator of the
                                                                                               Small Business Administration;
                                                                                                  (D) an emergency involving Federal primary responsi-
                                                                                               bility determined to exist by the President under the sec-
                                                                                               tion 501(b) of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and
                                                                                               Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5191(b)); or
                                                                                                  (E) if no disaster or emergency declaration has been
                                                                                               issued pursuant to subparagraph (A), (B), (C), or (D), the
                                                                                               Governor of a State in which a disaster or emergency has
                                                                                               occurred may certify to the Small Business Administration
                                                                                               that small business concerns, private nonprofit organiza-
                                                                                               tions, or small agricultural cooperatives (1) have suffered
                                                                                               economic injury as a result of such disaster or emergency,
                                                                                               and (2) are in need of financial assistance which is not
                                                                                               available on reasonable terms in the disaster- or emer-
                                                                                               gency-stricken area. Not later than 30 days after the date
                                                                                               of receipt of such certification by a Governor of a State, the
                                                                                               Administration shall respond in writing to that Governor
                                                                                               on its determination and the reasons therefore, and may
                                                                                               then make such loans as would have been available under
                                                                                               this paragraph if a disaster or emergency declaration had
                                                                                               been issued.
                                                                                           Provided, That no loan or guarantee shall be extended pursu-
                                                                                           ant to this paragraph (2) unless the Administration finds that
                                                                                           the applicant is not able to obtain credit elsewhere: Provided
                                                                                           further, That for purposes of subparagraph (D), the Adminis-
                                                                                           trator shall deem that such an emergency affects each State or
                                                                                           subdivision thereof (including counties), and that each State or
                                                                                           subdivision has sufficient economic damage to small business
                                                                                           concerns to qualify for assistance under this paragraph and the
                                                                                           Administrator shall accept applications for such assistance im-
                                                                                           mediately.
                                                                                             (3)(A) In this paragraph—




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                  (i) the term ‘‘active service’’ has the meaning given that
                                                                                               term in section 101(d)(3) of title 10, United States Code;
                                                                                                  (ii) the term ‘‘essential employee’’ means an individual
                                                                                               who is employed by a small business concern and whose




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00050   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        51

                                                                                                managerial or technical expertise is critical to the success-
                                                                                                ful day-to-day operations of that small business concern;
                                                                                                and
                                                                                                  (iii) the term ‘‘substantial economic injury’’ means an
                                                                                                economic harm to a business concern that results in the in-
                                                                                                ability of the business concern—
                                                                                                        (I) to meet its obligations as they mature;
                                                                                                        (II) to pay its ordinary and necessary operating ex-
                                                                                                     penses; or
                                                                                                        (III) to market, produce, or provide a product or
                                                                                                     service ordinarily marketed, produced, or provided by
                                                                                                     the business concern.
                                                                                              (B) The Administration may make such disaster loans (either
                                                                                           directly or in cooperation with banks or other lending institu-
                                                                                           tions through agreements to participate on an immediate or
                                                                                           deferred basis) to assist a small business concern that has suf-
                                                                                           fered or that is likely to suffer substantial economic injury as
                                                                                           the result of an essential employee of such small business con-
                                                                                           cern being ordered to perform active service for a period of
                                                                                           more than 30 consecutive days.
                                                                                              (C) A small business concern described in subparagraph (B)
                                                                                           shall be eligible to apply for assistance under this paragraph
                                                                                           during the period beginning on the date on which the essential
                                                                                           employee is ordered to active service and ending on the date
                                                                                           that is 1 year after the date on which such essential employee
                                                                                           is discharged or released from active service. The Adminis-
                                                                                           trator may, when appropriate (as determined by the Adminis-
                                                                                           trator), extend the ending date specified in the preceding sen-
                                                                                           tence by not more than 1 year.
                                                                                              (D) Any loan or guarantee extended pursuant to this para-
                                                                                           graph shall be made at the same interest rate as economic in-
                                                                                           jury loans under paragraph (2).
                                                                                              (E) No loan may be made under this paragraph, either di-
                                                                                           rectly or in cooperation with banks or other lending institu-
                                                                                           tions through agreements to participate on an immediate or
                                                                                           deferred basis, if the total amount outstanding and committed
                                                                                           to the borrower under this subsection would exceed $1,500,000,
                                                                                           unless such applicant constitutes, or have become due to
                                                                                           changed economic circumstances, a major source of employ-
                                                                                           ment in its surrounding area, as determined by the Adminis-
                                                                                           tration, in which case the Administration, in its discretion,
                                                                                           may waive the $1,500,000 limitation.
                                                                                              (F) For purposes of assistance under this paragraph, no dec-
                                                                                           laration of a disaster area shall be required.
                                                                                                  (G)(i) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the
                                                                                                Administrator may make a loan under this paragraph of
                                                                                                not more than $50,000 without collateral.
                                                                                                  (ii) The Administrator may defer payment of principal
                                                                                                and interest on a loan described in clause (i) during the
                                                                                                longer of—




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                        (I) the 1-year period beginning on the date of the
                                                                                                     initial disbursement of the loan; and
                                                                                                        (II) the period during which the relevant essential
                                                                                                     employee is on active service.




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00051   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        52

                                                                                                   (H) The Administrator shall give priority to any applica-
                                                                                                tion for a loan under this paragraph and shall process and
                                                                                                make a determination regarding such applications prior to
                                                                                                processing or making a determination on other loan appli-
                                                                                                cations under this subsection, on a rolling basis.
                                                                                             (4) COORDINATION WITH FEMA.—
                                                                                                   (A) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding any other provision
                                                                                                of law, for any disaster declared under this subsection or
                                                                                                major disaster (including any major disaster relating to
                                                                                                which the Administrator declares eligibility for additional
                                                                                                disaster assistance under paragraph (9)), the Adminis-
                                                                                                trator, in consultation with the Administrator of the Fed-
                                                                                                eral Emergency Management Agency, shall ensure, to the
                                                                                                maximum extent practicable, that all application periods
                                                                                                for disaster relief under this Act correspond with applica-
                                                                                                tion deadlines established under the Robert T. Stafford
                                                                                                Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                                5121 et seq.), or as extended by the President.
                                                                                                   (B) DEADLINES.—Notwithstanding any other provision of
                                                                                                law, not later than 10 days before the closing date of an
                                                                                                application period for a major disaster (including any
                                                                                                major disaster relating to which the Administrator de-
                                                                                                clares eligibility for additional disaster assistance under
                                                                                                paragraph (9)), the Administrator, in consultation with the
                                                                                                Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management
                                                                                                Agency, shall submit to the Committee on Small Business
                                                                                                and Entrepreneurship of the Senate and the Committee on
                                                                                                Small Business of the House of Representatives a report
                                                                                                that includes—
                                                                                                        (i) the deadline for submitting applications for as-
                                                                                                     sistance under this Act relating to that major disaster;
                                                                                                        (ii) information regarding the number of loan appli-
                                                                                                     cations and disbursements processed by the Adminis-
                                                                                                     trator relating to that major disaster for each day dur-
                                                                                                     ing the period beginning on the date on which that
                                                                                                     major disaster was declared and ending on the date of
                                                                                                     that report; and
                                                                                                        (iii) an estimate of the number of potential appli-
                                                                                                     cants that have not submitted an application relating
                                                                                                     to that major disaster.
                                                                                             (5) PUBLIC AWARENESS OF DISASTERS.—If a disaster is de-
                                                                                           clared under this subsection or the Administrator declares eli-
                                                                                           gibility for additional disaster assistance under paragraph (9),
                                                                                           the Administrator shall make every effort to communicate
                                                                                           through radio, television, print, and web-based outlets, all rel-
                                                                                           evant information needed by disaster loan applicants, includ-
                                                                                           ing—
                                                                                                   (A) the date of such declaration;
                                                                                                   (B) cities and towns within the area of such declaration;
                                                                                                   (C) loan application deadlines related to such disaster;
                                                                                                   (D) all relevant contact information for victim services




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                available through the Administration (including links to
                                                                                                small business development center websites);
                                                                                                   (E) links to relevant Federal and State disaster assist-
                                                                                                ance websites, including links to websites providing infor-




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00052   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        53

                                                                                                mation regarding assistance available from the Federal
                                                                                                Emergency Management Agency;
                                                                                                   (F) information on eligibility criteria for Administration
                                                                                                loan programs, including where such applications can be
                                                                                                found; and
                                                                                                   (G) application materials that clearly state the function
                                                                                                of the Administration as the Federal source of disaster
                                                                                                loans for homeowners and renters.
                                                                                              (6) AUTHORITY FOR QUALIFIED PRIVATE CONTRACTORS.—
                                                                                                   (A) DISASTER LOAN PROCESSING.—The Administrator
                                                                                                may enter into an agreement with a qualified private con-
                                                                                                tractor, as determined by the Administrator, to process
                                                                                                loans under this subsection in the event of a major dis-
                                                                                                aster (including any major disaster relating to which the
                                                                                                Administrator declares eligibility for additional disaster
                                                                                                assistance under paragraph (9)), under which the Adminis-
                                                                                                trator shall pay the contractor a fee for each loan proc-
                                                                                                essed.
                                                                                                   (B) LOAN LOSS VERIFICATION SERVICES.—The Adminis-
                                                                                                trator may enter into an agreement with a qualified lender
                                                                                                or loss verification professional, as determined by the Ad-
                                                                                                ministrator, to verify losses for loans under this subsection
                                                                                                in the event of a major disaster (including any major dis-
                                                                                                aster relating to which the Administrator declares eligi-
                                                                                                bility for additional disaster assistance under paragraph
                                                                                                (9)), under which the Administrator shall pay the lender or
                                                                                                verification professional a fee for each loan for which such
                                                                                                lender or verification professional verifies losses.
                                                                                              (7) DISASTER ASSISTANCE EMPLOYEES.—
                                                                                                   (A) IN GENERAL.—In carrying out this section, the Ad-
                                                                                                ministrator may, where practicable, ensure that the num-
                                                                                                ber of full-time equivalent employees—
                                                                                                        (i) in the Office of the Disaster Assistance is not
                                                                                                     fewer than 800; and
                                                                                                        (ii) in the Disaster Cadre of the Administration is
                                                                                                     not fewer than 1,000.
                                                                                                   (B) REPORT.—In carrying out this subsection, if the num-
                                                                                                ber of full-time employees for either the Office of Disaster
                                                                                                Assistance or the Disaster Cadre of the Administration is
                                                                                                below the level described in subparagraph (A) for that of-
                                                                                                fice, not later than 21 days after the date on which that
                                                                                                staffing level decreased below the level described in sub-
                                                                                                paragraph (A), the Administrator shall submit to the Com-
                                                                                                mittee on Appropriations and the Committee on Small
                                                                                                Business and Entrepreneurship of the Senate and the
                                                                                                Committee on Appropriations and Committee on Small
                                                                                                Business of the House of Representatives, a report—
                                                                                                        (i) detailing staffing levels on that date;
                                                                                                        (ii) requesting, if practicable and determined appro-
                                                                                                     priate by the Administrator, additional funds for addi-




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                     tional employees; and
                                                                                                        (iii) containing such additional information, as de-
                                                                                                     termined appropriate by the Administrator.
                                                                                              (8) INCREASED LOAN CAPS.—




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00053   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        54

                                                                                                  (A) AGGREGATE LOAN AMOUNTS.—Except as provided in
                                                                                               subparagraph (B), and notwithstanding any other provi-
                                                                                               sion of law, the aggregate loan amount outstanding and
                                                                                               committed to a borrower under this subsection may not ex-
                                                                                               ceed $2,000,000.
                                                                                                  (B) WAIVER AUTHORITY.—The Administrator may, at the
                                                                                               discretion of the Administrator, increase the aggregate
                                                                                               loan amount under subparagraph (A) for loans relating to
                                                                                               a disaster to a level established by the Administrator,
                                                                                               based on appropriate economic indicators for the region in
                                                                                               which that disaster occurred.
                                                                                             (9) DECLARATION OF ELIGIBILITY FOR ADDITIONAL DISASTER
                                                                                           ASSISTANCE.—
                                                                                                  (A) IN GENERAL.—If the President declares a major dis-
                                                                                               aster, the Administrator may declare eligibility for addi-
                                                                                               tional disaster assistance in accordance with this para-
                                                                                               graph.
                                                                                                  (B) THRESHOLD.—A major disaster for which the Admin-
                                                                                               istrator declares eligibility for additional disaster assist-
                                                                                               ance under this paragraph shall—
                                                                                                       (i) have resulted in extraordinary levels of casualties
                                                                                                    or damage or disruption severely affecting the popu-
                                                                                                    lation (including mass evacuations), infrastructure, en-
                                                                                                    vironment, economy, national morale, or government
                                                                                                    functions in an area;
                                                                                                       (ii) be comparable to the description of a cata-
                                                                                                    strophic incident in the National Response Plan of the
                                                                                                    Administration, or any successor thereto, unless there
                                                                                                    is no successor to such plan, in which case this clause
                                                                                                    shall have no force or effect; and
                                                                                                       (iii) be of such size and scope that—
                                                                                                             (I) the disaster assistance programs under the
                                                                                                          other paragraphs under this subsection are in-
                                                                                                          capable of providing adequate and timely assist-
                                                                                                          ance to individuals or business concerns located
                                                                                                          within the disaster area; or
                                                                                                             (II) a significant number of business concerns
                                                                                                          outside the disaster area have suffered disaster-
                                                                                                          related substantial economic injury as a result of
                                                                                                          the incident.
                                                                                                  (C) ADDITIONAL ECONOMIC INJURY DISASTER LOAN ASSIST-
                                                                                               ANCE.—
                                                                                                       (i) IN GENERAL.—If the Administrator declares eligi-
                                                                                                    bility for additional disaster assistance under this
                                                                                                    paragraph, the Administrator may make such loans
                                                                                                    under this subparagraph (either directly or in coopera-
                                                                                                    tion with banks or other lending institutions through
                                                                                                    agreements to participate on an immediate or deferred
                                                                                                    basis) as the Administrator determines appropriate to
                                                                                                    eligible small business concerns located anywhere in
                                                                                                    the United States.




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                       (ii) PROCESSING TIME.—
                                                                                                             (I) IN GENERAL.—If the Administrator deter-
                                                                                                          mines that the average processing time for appli-
                                                                                                          cations for disaster loans under this subparagraph




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00054   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        55

                                                                                                         relating to a specific major disaster is more than
                                                                                                         15 days, the Administrator shall give priority to
                                                                                                         the processing of such applications submitted by
                                                                                                         eligible small business concerns located inside the
                                                                                                         disaster area, until the Administrator determines
                                                                                                         that the average processing time for such applica-
                                                                                                         tions is not more than 15 days.
                                                                                                            (II) SUSPENSION OF APPLICATIONS FROM OUTSIDE
                                                                                                         DISASTER AREA.—If the Administrator determines
                                                                                                         that the average processing time for applications
                                                                                                         for disaster loans under this subparagraph relat-
                                                                                                         ing to a specific major disaster is more than 30
                                                                                                         days, the Administrator shall suspend the proc-
                                                                                                         essing of such applications submitted by eligible
                                                                                                         small business concerns located outside the dis-
                                                                                                         aster area, until the Administrator determines
                                                                                                         that the average processing time for such applica-
                                                                                                         tions is not more than 15 days.
                                                                                                      (iii) LOAN TERMS.—A loan under this subparagraph
                                                                                                    shall be made on the same terms as a loan under
                                                                                                    paragraph (2).
                                                                                                 (D) DEFINITIONS.—In this paragraph—
                                                                                                      (i) the term ‘‘disaster area’’ means the area for
                                                                                                    which the applicable major disaster was declared;
                                                                                                      (ii) the term ‘‘disaster-related substantial economic
                                                                                                    injury’’ means economic harm to a business concern
                                                                                                    that results in the inability of the business concern
                                                                                                    to—
                                                                                                            (I) meet its obligations as it matures;
                                                                                                            (II) meet its ordinary and necessary operating
                                                                                                         expenses; or
                                                                                                            (III) market, produce, or provide a product or
                                                                                                         service ordinarily marketed, produced, or provided
                                                                                                         by the business concern because the business con-
                                                                                                         cern relies on materials from the disaster area or
                                                                                                         sells or markets in the disaster area; and
                                                                                                      (iii) the term ‘‘eligible small business concern’’
                                                                                                    means a small business concern—
                                                                                                            (I) that has suffered disaster-related substantial
                                                                                                         economic injury as a result of the applicable major
                                                                                                         disaster; and
                                                                                                            (II)(aa) for which not less than 25 percent of the
                                                                                                         market share of that small business concern is
                                                                                                         from business transacted in the disaster area;
                                                                                                            (bb) for which not less than 25 percent of an
                                                                                                         input into a production process of that small busi-
                                                                                                         ness concern is from the disaster area; or
                                                                                                            (cc) that relies on a provider located in the dis-
                                                                                                         aster area for a service that is not readily avail-
                                                                                                         able elsewhere.
                                                                                             (10) REDUCING CLOSING AND DISBURSEMENT DELAYS.—The




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                           Administrator shall provide a clear and concise notification on
                                                                                           all application materials for loans made under this subsection
                                                                                           and on relevant websites notifying an applicant that the appli-
                                                                                           cant may submit all documentation necessary for the approval




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00055   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        56

                                                                                           of the loan at the time of application and that failure to submit
                                                                                           all documentation could delay the approval and disbursement
                                                                                           of the loan.
                                                                                              (11) INCREASING TRANSPARENCY IN LOAN APPROVALS.—The
                                                                                           Administrator shall establish and implement clear, written
                                                                                           policies and procedures for analyzing the ability of a loan ap-
                                                                                           plicant to repay a loan made under this subsection.
                                                                                              (12) ADDITIONAL AWARDS TO SMALL BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT
                                                                                           CENTERS, WOMEN’S BUSINESS CENTERS, AND SCORE FOR DIS-
                                                                                           ASTER RECOVERY.—
                                                                                                   (A) IN GENERAL.—The Administration may provide fi-
                                                                                                nancial assistance to a small business development center,
                                                                                                a women’s business center described in section 29, the
                                                                                                Service Corps of Retired Executives, or any proposed con-
                                                                                                sortium of such individuals or entities to spur disaster re-
                                                                                                covery and growth of small business concerns located in an
                                                                                                area for which the President has declared a major disaster.
                                                                                                   (B) FORM OF FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE.—Financial assist-
                                                                                                ance provided under this paragraph shall be in the form
                                                                                                of a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement.
                                                                                                   (C) NO MATCHING FUNDS REQUIRED.—Matching funds
                                                                                                shall not be required for any grant, contract, or cooperative
                                                                                                agreement under this paragraph.
                                                                                                   (D) REQUIREMENTS.—A recipient of financial assistance
                                                                                                under this paragraph shall provide counseling, training,
                                                                                                and other related services, such as promoting long-term re-
                                                                                                siliency, to small business concerns and entrepreneurs im-
                                                                                                pacted by a major disaster.
                                                                                                   (E) PERFORMANCE.—
                                                                                                        (i) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator, in cooperation
                                                                                                     with the recipients of financial assistance under this
                                                                                                     paragraph, shall establish metrics and goals for per-
                                                                                                     formance of grants, contracts, and cooperative agree-
                                                                                                     ments under this paragraph, which shall include re-
                                                                                                     covery of sales, recovery of employment, reestablish-
                                                                                                     ment of business premises, and establishment of new
                                                                                                     small business concerns.
                                                                                                        (ii) USE OF ESTIMATES.—The Administrator shall
                                                                                                     base the goals and metrics for performance established
                                                                                                     under clause (i), in part, on the estimates of disaster
                                                                                                     impact prepared by the Office of Disaster Assistance
                                                                                                     for purposes of estimating loan-making requirements.
                                                                                                   (F) TERM.—
                                                                                                        (i) IN GENERAL.—The term of any grant, contract, or
                                                                                                     cooperative agreement under this paragraph shall be
                                                                                                     for not more than 2 years.
                                                                                                        (ii) EXTENSION.—The Administrator may make 1 ex-
                                                                                                     tension of a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement
                                                                                                     under this paragraph for a period of not more than 1
                                                                                                     year, upon a showing of good cause and need for the
                                                                                                     extension.




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                   (G) EXEMPTION FROM OTHER PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS.—
                                                                                                Financial assistance provided under this paragraph is in
                                                                                                addition to, and wholly separate from, any other form of
                                                                                                assistance provided by the Administrator under this Act.




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00056   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        57

                                                                                                  (H) COMPETITIVE BASIS.—The Administration shall
                                                                                               award financial assistance under this paragraph on a com-
                                                                                               petitive basis.
                                                                                             (13) SUPPLEMENTAL ASSISTANCE FOR CONTRACTOR MALFEA-
                                                                                           SANCE.—
                                                                                                  (A) IN GENERAL.—If a contractor or other person engages
                                                                                               in malfeasance in connection with repairs to, rehabilitation
                                                                                               of, or replacement of real or personal property relating to
                                                                                               which a loan was made under this subsection and the mal-
                                                                                               feasance results in substantial economic damage to the re-
                                                                                               cipient of the loan or substantial risks to health or safety,
                                                                                               upon receiving documentation of the substantial economic
                                                                                               damage or the substantial risk to health and safety from
                                                                                               an independent loss verifier, and subject to subparagraph
                                                                                               (B), the Administrator may increase the amount of the
                                                                                               loan under this subsection, as necessary for the cost of re-
                                                                                               pairs, rehabilitation, or replacement needed to address the
                                                                                               cause of the economic damage or health or safety risk.
                                                                                                  (B) REQUIREMENTS.—The Administrator may only in-
                                                                                               crease the amount of a loan under subparagraph (A) upon
                                                                                               receiving an appropriate certification from the borrower
                                                                                               and person performing the mitigation attesting to the rea-
                                                                                               sonableness of the mitigation costs and an assignment of
                                                                                               any proceeds received from the person engaging in the
                                                                                               malfeasance. The assignment of proceeds recovered from
                                                                                               the person engaging in the malfeasance shall be equal to
                                                                                               the amount of the loan under this section. Any mitigation
                                                                                               activities shall be subject to audit and independent
                                                                                               verification of completeness and cost reasonableness.
                                                                                             (14) BUSINESS RECOVERY CENTERS.—
                                                                                                  (A) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator, acting through the
                                                                                               district offices of the Administration, shall identify loca-
                                                                                               tions that may be used as recovery centers by the Adminis-
                                                                                               tration in the event of a disaster declared under this sub-
                                                                                               section or a major disaster.
                                                                                                  (B) REQUIREMENTS FOR IDENTIFICATION.—Each district
                                                                                               office of the Administration shall—
                                                                                                       (i) identify a location described in subparagraph (A)
                                                                                                    in each county, parish, or similar unit of general local
                                                                                                    government in the area served by the district office;
                                                                                                    and
                                                                                                       (ii) ensure that the locations identified under sub-
                                                                                                    paragraph (A) may be used as a recovery center with-
                                                                                                    out cost to the Government, to the extent practicable.
                                                                                             (15) INCREASED OVERSIGHT OF ECONOMIC INJURY DISASTER
                                                                                           LOANS.—The Administrator shall increase oversight of entities
                                                                                           receiving loans under paragraph (2), and may consider—
                                                                                                  (A) scheduled site visits to ensure borrower eligibility
                                                                                               and compliance with requirements established by the Ad-
                                                                                               ministrator; and
                                                                                                  (B) reviews of the use of the loan proceeds by an entity




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                               described in paragraph (2) to ensure compliance with re-
                                                                                               quirements established by the Administrator.
                                                                                             (16) DISASTER DECLARATION IN RURAL AREAS.—
                                                                                                  (A) DEFINITIONS.—In this paragraph—




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00057   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        58

                                                                                                     (i) the term ‘‘rural area’’ means any county or other
                                                                                                  political subdivision of a State, the District of Colum-
                                                                                                  bia, or a territory or possession of the United States
                                                                                                  that is designated as a rural area by the Bureau of the
                                                                                                  Census; and
                                                                                                     (ii) the term ‘‘significant damage’’ means, with re-
                                                                                                  spect to property, uninsured losses of not less than 40
                                                                                                  percent of the estimated fair replacement value or pre-
                                                                                                  disaster fair market value of the damaged property,
                                                                                                  whichever is lower.
                                                                                                (B) DISASTER DECLARATION.—For the purpose of making
                                                                                             loans under paragraph (1) or (2), the Administrator may
                                                                                             declare a disaster in a rural area for which a major dis-
                                                                                             aster was declared by the President under section 401 of
                                                                                             the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency As-
                                                                                             sistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5170) and for which individual as-
                                                                                             sistance was not authorized under section 408 of such Act
                                                                                             (42 U.S.C. 5174) if—
                                                                                                     (i) the Governor of the State or the Chief Executive
                                                                                                  of the Indian tribal government in which the rural
                                                                                                  area is located requests such a declaration; and
                                                                                                     (ii) any home, small business concern, private non-
                                                                                                  profit organization, or small agricultural cooperative
                                                                                                  has incurred significant damage in the rural area.
                                                                                                (C) SBA REPORT.—Not later than 120 days after the date
                                                                                             of enactment of this paragraph, and every year thereafter,
                                                                                             the Administrator shall submit to the Committee on Small
                                                                                             Business and Entrepreneurship of the Senate and the
                                                                                             Committee on Small Business of the House of Representa-
                                                                                             tives a report on, with respect to the 1-year period pre-
                                                                                             ceding submission of the report—
                                                                                                     (i) any economic injury that resulted from a major
                                                                                                  disaster declared by the President under section 401 of
                                                                                                  the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency
                                                                                                  Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5170) in a rural area;
                                                                                                     (ii) each request for assistance made by the Gov-
                                                                                                  ernor of a State or the Chief Executive of an Indian
                                                                                                  tribal government under subparagraph (B)(i) and the
                                                                                                  response of the Administrator, including the timeline
                                                                                                  for each response; and
                                                                                                     (iii) any regulatory changes that will impact the
                                                                                                  ability of communities in rural areas to obtain disaster
                                                                                                  assistance under this subsection.
                                                                                           (16) STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS.—Notwithstanding any other
                                                                                        provision of law, any criminal charge or civil enforcement ac-
                                                                                        tion alleging that a borrower engaged in fraud with respect to
                                                                                        a loan made under this subsection in response to COVID–19
                                                                                        during the covered period (as defined in section 1110(a) of the
                                                                                        CARES Act) shall be filed not later than 10 years after the of-
                                                                                        fense was committed.
                                                                                      No loan under this subsection, including renewals and extensions




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                    thereof, may be made for a period or periods exceeding thirty years:
                                                                                    Provided, That the Administrator may consent to a suspension in
                                                                                    the payment of principal and interest charges on, and to an exten-
                                                                                    sion in the maturity of, the Federal share of any loan under this




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00058   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        59

                                                                                    subsection for a period not to exceed five years, if (A) the borrower
                                                                                    under such loan is a homeowner or a small business concern, (B)
                                                                                    the loan was made to enable (i) such homeowner to repair or re-
                                                                                    place his home, or (ii) such concern to repair or replace plant or
                                                                                    equipment which was damaged or destroyed as the result of a dis-
                                                                                    aster meeting the requirements of clause (A) or (B) of paragraph
                                                                                    (2) of this subsection, and (C) the Administrator determines such
                                                                                    action is necessary to avoid severe financial hardship: Provided fur-
                                                                                    ther, That the provisions of paragraph (1) of subsection (d) of this
                                                                                    section shall not be applicable to any such loan having a maturity
                                                                                    in excess of twenty years. Notwithstanding any other provision of
                                                                                    law, and except as provided in subsection (d), the interest rate on
                                                                                    the Administration’s share of any loan made under subsection (b),
                                                                                    shall not exceed the average annual interest rate on all interest-
                                                                                    bearing obligations of the United States then forming a part of the
                                                                                    public debt as computed at the end of the fiscal year next preceding
                                                                                    the date of the loan and adjusted to the nearest one-eight of 1 per
                                                                                    centum plus one-quarter of 1 per centum: Provided, however, That
                                                                                    the interest rate for loans made under paragraphs (1) and (2) here-
                                                                                    of shall not exceed the rate of interest which is in effect at the time
                                                                                    of the occurrence of the disaster. In agreements to participate in
                                                                                    loans on a deferred basis under this subsection, such participation
                                                                                    by the Administration shall not be in excess of 90 per centum of
                                                                                    the balance of the loan outstanding at the time of disbursement.
                                                                                    Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the interest rate on
                                                                                    the Administration’s share of any loan made pursuant to para-
                                                                                    graph (1) of this subsection to repair or replace a primary residence
                                                                                    and/or replace or repair damaged or destroyed personal property,
                                                                                    less the amount of compensation by insurance or otherwise, with
                                                                                    respect to a disaster occurring on or after July 1, 1976, and prior
                                                                                    to October 1, 1978, shall be: 1 per centum on the amount of such
                                                                                    loan not exceeding $10,000, and 3 per centum on the amount of
                                                                                    such loan over $10,000 but not exceeding $40,000. The interest rate
                                                                                    on the Administration’s share of the first $250,000 of all other
                                                                                    loans made pursuant to paragraph (1) of this subsection, with re-
                                                                                    spect to a disaster occurring on or after July 1, 1976, and prior to
                                                                                    October 1, 1978, shall be 3 per centum. All repayments of principal
                                                                                    on the Administration’s share of any loan made under the above
                                                                                    provisions shall first be applied to reduce the principal sum of such
                                                                                    loan which bears interest at the lower rates provided in this para-
                                                                                    graph. The principal amount of any loan made pursuant to para-
                                                                                    graph (1) in connection with a disaster which occurs on or after
                                                                                    April 1, 1977, but prior to January 1, 1978, may be increased by
                                                                                    such amount, but not more than $2,000, as the Administration de-
                                                                                    termines to be reasonable in light of the amount and nature of loss,
                                                                                    damage, or injury sustained in order to finance the installation of
                                                                                    insulation in the property which was lost, damaged, or injured, if
                                                                                    the uninsured, damaged portion of the property is 10 per centum
                                                                                    or more of the market value of the property at the time of the dis-
                                                                                    aster. No later than June 1, 1978, the Administration shall prepare
                                                                                    and transmit to the Select Committee on Small Business of the




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                    Senate, the Committee on Small Business of the House of Rep-
                                                                                    resentatives, and the Committee of the Senate and House of Rep-
                                                                                    resentatives having jurisdiction over measures relating to energy
                                                                                    conservation, a report on its activities under this paragraph, in-




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00059   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        60

                                                                                    cluding therein an evaluation of the effect of such activities on en-
                                                                                    couraging the installation of insulation in property which is re-
                                                                                    paired or replaced after a disaster which is subject to this para-
                                                                                    graph, and its recommendations with respect to the continuation,
                                                                                    modification, or termination of such activities.
                                                                                      In the administration of the disaster loan program under para-
                                                                                    graphs (1) and (2) of this subsection, in the case of property loss
                                                                                    or damage or injury resulting from a major disaster as determined
                                                                                    by the President or a disaster as determined by the Administrator
                                                                                    which occurs on or after January 1, 1971, and prior to July 1, 1973,
                                                                                    the Small Business Administration, to the extent such loss or dam-
                                                                                    age or injury is not compensated for by insurance or otherwise—
                                                                                           (A) may make any loan for repair, rehabilitation, or replace-
                                                                                        ment of property damaged or destroyed without regard to
                                                                                        whether the required financial assistance is otherwise avail-
                                                                                        able from private sources;
                                                                                           (B) may, in the case of the total destruction or substantial
                                                                                        property damage of a home or business concern, refinance any
                                                                                        mortgage or other liens outstanding against the destroyed or
                                                                                        damaged property if such project is to be repaired, rehabili-
                                                                                        tated, or replaced, except that (1) in the case of a business con-
                                                                                        cern, the amount refinanced shall not exceed the amount of the
                                                                                        physical loss sustained, and (2) in the case of a home, the
                                                                                        amount of each monthly payment of principal and interest on
                                                                                        the loan after refinancing under this clause shall be not less
                                                                                        than the amount of each such payment made prior to such refi-
                                                                                        nancing;
                                                                                           (C) may, in the case of a loan made under clause (A) or a
                                                                                        mortgage or other lien refinanced under clause (B) in connec-
                                                                                        tion with the destruction of, or substantial damage to, property
                                                                                        owned and used as a residence by an individual who by reason
                                                                                        of retirement, disability, or other similar circumstances relies
                                                                                        for support on survivor, disability, or retirement benefits under
                                                                                        a pension, insurance, or other program, consent to the suspen-
                                                                                        sion of the payments of the principal of that loan, mortgage,
                                                                                        or lien during the lifetime of that individual and his souse for
                                                                                        so long as the Administration determines that making such
                                                                                        payments would constitute a substantial hardship;
                                                                                           (D) shall, notwithstanding the provisions of any other law
                                                                                        and upon presentation by the applicant of proof of loss or dam-
                                                                                        age or injury and a bona fide estimate of cost of repair, reha-
                                                                                        bilitation, or replacement, cancel the principal of any loan
                                                                                        made to cover a loss or damage or injury resulting from such
                                                                                        disaster, except that—
                                                                                                (i) with respect to a loan made in connection with a dis-
                                                                                             aster occurring on or after January 1, 1971 but prior to
                                                                                             January 1, 1972, the total amount so canceled shall not ex-
                                                                                             ceed $2,500, and the interest on the balance of the loan
                                                                                             shall be at a rate of 3 per centum per annum; and
                                                                                                (ii) with respect to a loan made in connection with a dis-




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                             aster occurring on or after January 1, 1972 but prior to
                                                                                             July 1, 1973, the total amount so canceled shall not exceed
                                                                                             $5,000, and the interest on the balance of the loan shall
                                                                                             be at a rate of 1 per centum per annum.




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00060   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        61

                                                                                      With respect to any loan referred to in clause (D) which is out-
                                                                                    standing on the date of enactment of this paragraph, the Adminis-
                                                                                    trator shall—
                                                                                           (i) make sure change in the interest rate on the balance of
                                                                                         such loan as is required under that clause effective as of such
                                                                                         date of enactment; and
                                                                                           (ii) in applying the limitation set forth in that clause with re-
                                                                                         spect to the total amount of such loan which may be canceled,
                                                                                         consider as part of the amount so canceled any part of such
                                                                                         loan which was previously canceled pursuant to section 231 of
                                                                                         the Disaster Relief Act of 1970.
                                                                                      Whoever wrongfully misapplies the proceeds of a loan obtained
                                                                                    under this subsection shall be civilly liable to the Administrator in
                                                                                    an amount equal to one-and-one-half times the original principal
                                                                                    amount of the loan.
                                                                                           (E) A State grant made on or prior to July 1, 1979, shall not
                                                                                         be considered compensation for the purpose of applying the
                                                                                         provisions of section 312(a) of the Disaster Relief and Emer-
                                                                                         gency Assistance Act to a disaster loan under paragraph (1)
                                                                                         (2)of this subsection.
                                                                                      (c) PRIVATE DISASTER LOANS.—
                                                                                           (1) DEFINITIONS.—In this subsection—
                                                                                                 (A) the term ‘‘disaster area’’ means any area for which
                                                                                              the President declared a major disaster relating to which
                                                                                              the Administrator declares eligibility for additional dis-
                                                                                              aster assistance under subsection (b)(9), during the period
                                                                                              of that major disaster declaration;
                                                                                                 (B) the term ‘‘eligible individual’’ means an individual
                                                                                              who is eligible for disaster assistance under subsection
                                                                                              (b)(1) relating to a major disaster relating to which the Ad-
                                                                                              ministrator declares eligibility for additional disaster as-
                                                                                              sistance under subsection (b)(9);
                                                                                                 (C) the term ‘‘eligible small business concern’’ means a
                                                                                              business concern that is—
                                                                                                      (i) a small business concern, as defined under this
                                                                                                   Act; or
                                                                                                      (ii) a small business concern, as defined in section
                                                                                                   103 of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958;
                                                                                                 (D) the term ‘‘preferred lender’’ means a lender partici-
                                                                                              pating in the Preferred Lender Program;
                                                                                                 (E) the term ‘‘Preferred Lender Program’’ has the mean-
                                                                                              ing given that term in subsection (a)(2)(C)(ii); and
                                                                                                 (F) the term ‘‘qualified private lender’’ means any pri-
                                                                                              vately-owned bank or other lending institution that—
                                                                                                      (i) is not a preferred lender; and
                                                                                                      (ii) the Administrator determines meets the criteria
                                                                                                   established under paragraph (10).
                                                                                           (2) PROGRAM REQUIRED.—The Administrator shall carry out
                                                                                         a program, to be known as the Private Disaster Assistance pro-
                                                                                         gram, under which the Administration may guarantee timely




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                         payment of principal and interest, as scheduled, on any loan
                                                                                         made to an eligible small business concern located in a disaster
                                                                                         area and to an eligible individual.




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00061   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        62

                                                                                             (3) USE OF LOANS.—A loan guaranteed by the Administrator
                                                                                           under this subsection may be used for any purpose authorized
                                                                                           under subsection (b).
                                                                                             (4) ONLINE APPLICATIONS.—
                                                                                                  (A) ESTABLISHMENT.—The Administrator may establish,
                                                                                               directly or through an agreement with another entity, an
                                                                                               online application process for loans guaranteed under this
                                                                                               subsection.
                                                                                                  (B) OTHER FEDERAL ASSISTANCE.—The Administrator
                                                                                               may coordinate with the head of any other appropriate
                                                                                               Federal agency so that any application submitted through
                                                                                               an online application process established under this para-
                                                                                               graph may be considered for any other Federal assistance
                                                                                               program for disaster relief.
                                                                                                  (C) CONSULTATION.—In establishing an online applica-
                                                                                               tion process under this paragraph, the Administrator shall
                                                                                               consult with appropriate persons from the public and pri-
                                                                                               vate sectors, including private lenders.
                                                                                             (5) MAXIMUM AMOUNTS.—
                                                                                                  (A) GUARANTEE PERCENTAGE.—The Administrator may
                                                                                               guarantee not more than 85 percent of a loan under this
                                                                                               subsection.
                                                                                                  (B) LOAN AMOUNT.—The maximum amount of a loan
                                                                                               guaranteed under this subsection shall be $2,000,000.
                                                                                             (6) TERMS AND CONDITIONS.—A loan guaranteed under this
                                                                                           subsection shall be made under the same terms and conditions
                                                                                           as a loan under subsection (b).
                                                                                             (7) LENDERS.—
                                                                                                  (A) IN GENERAL.—A loan guaranteed under this sub-
                                                                                               section made to—
                                                                                                      (i) a qualified individual may be made by a pre-
                                                                                                    ferred lender; and
                                                                                                      (ii) a qualified small business concern may be made
                                                                                                    by a qualified private lender or by a preferred lender
                                                                                                    that also makes loans to qualified individuals.
                                                                                                  (B) COMPLIANCE.—If the Administrator determines that
                                                                                               a preferred lender knowingly failed to comply with the un-
                                                                                               derwriting standards for loans guaranteed under this sub-
                                                                                               section or violated the terms of the standard operating pro-
                                                                                               cedure agreement between that preferred lender and the
                                                                                               Administration, the Administrator shall do 1 or more of
                                                                                               the following:
                                                                                                      (i) Exclude the preferred lender from participating
                                                                                                    in the program under this subsection.
                                                                                                      (ii) Exclude the preferred lender from participating
                                                                                                    in the Preferred Lender Program for a period of not
                                                                                                    more than 5 years.
                                                                                             (8) FEES.—
                                                                                                  (A) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator may not collect a
                                                                                               guarantee fee under this subsection.
                                                                                                  (B) ORIGINATION FEE.—The Administrator may pay a




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                               qualified private lender or preferred lender an origination
                                                                                               fee for a loan guaranteed under this subsection in an
                                                                                               amount agreed upon in advance between the qualified pri-
                                                                                               vate lender or preferred lender and the Administrator.




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00062   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        63

                                                                                            (9) DOCUMENTATION.—A qualified private lender or preferred
                                                                                         lender may use its own loan documentation for a loan guaran-
                                                                                         teed by the Administrator under this subsection, to the extent
                                                                                         authorized by the Administrator. The ability of a lender to use
                                                                                         its own loan documentation for a loan guaranteed under this
                                                                                         subsection shall not be considered part of the criteria for be-
                                                                                         coming a qualified private lender under the regulations pro-
                                                                                         mulgated under paragraph (10).
                                                                                            (10) IMPLEMENTATION REGULATIONS.—
                                                                                                 (A) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 1 year after the date of
                                                                                              enactment of the Small Business Disaster Response and
                                                                                              Loan Improvements Act of 2008, the Administrator shall
                                                                                              issue final regulations establishing permanent criteria for
                                                                                              qualified private lenders.
                                                                                                 (B) REPORT TO CONGRESS.—Not later than 6 months
                                                                                              after the date of enactment of the Small Business Disaster
                                                                                              Response and Loan Improvements Act of 2008, the Admin-
                                                                                              istrator shall submit a report on the progress of the regu-
                                                                                              lations required by subparagraph (A) to the Committee on
                                                                                              Small Business and Entrepreneurship of the Senate and
                                                                                              the Committee on Small Business of the House of Rep-
                                                                                              resentatives.
                                                                                            (11) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—
                                                                                                 (A) IN GENERAL.—Amounts necessary to carry out this
                                                                                              subsection shall be made available from amounts appro-
                                                                                              priated to the Administration to carry out subsection (b).
                                                                                                 (B) AUTHORITY TO REDUCE INTEREST RATES AND OTHER
                                                                                              TERMS AND CONDITIONS.—Funds appropriated to the Ad-
                                                                                              ministration to carry out this subsection, may be used by
                                                                                              the Administrator to meet the loan terms and conditions
                                                                                              specified in paragraph (6).
                                                                                            (12) PURCHASE OF LOANS.—The Administrator may enter
                                                                                         into an agreement with a qualified private lender or preferred
                                                                                         lender to purchase any loan guaranteed under this subsection.
                                                                                       (d)(1) The Administration may further extend the maturity of or
                                                                                    renew any loan made pursuant to this section, or any loan trans-
                                                                                    ferred to the Administration pursuant to Reorganization Plan
                                                                                    Numbered 2 of 1954, or Reorganization Plan Numbered 1 of 1957,
                                                                                    for additional periods not to exceed ten years beyond the period
                                                                                    stated therein, if such extension or renewal will aid in the orderly
                                                                                    liquidation of such loan.
                                                                                            (2) During any period in which principal and interest
                                                                                         charges are suspended on the Federal share of any loan, as
                                                                                         provided in subsection (b), the Administrator shall, upon the
                                                                                         request of any person, firm, or corporation having a participa-
                                                                                         tion in such loan, purchase such participation, or assume the
                                                                                         obligation of the borrower, for the balance of such period, to
                                                                                         make principal and interest payments on the non-Federal
                                                                                         share of such loan: Provided, That no such payments shall be
                                                                                         made by the Administrator in behalf of any borrower unless (i)
                                                                                         the Administrator determines that such action is necessary in




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                         order to avoid a default, and (ii) the borrower agrees to make
                                                                                         payments to the Administration in an agreegate amount equal
                                                                                         to the amount paid in its behalf by the Administrator, in such
                                                                                         manner and at such time (during or after the term of the loan)




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00063   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        64

                                                                                           as the Administrator shall determine having due regard to the
                                                                                           purposes sought to be achieved by this paragraph.
                                                                                              (3) With respect to a disaster occurring on or after October
                                                                                           1, 1978, and prior the effective date of this Act, on the Admin-
                                                                                           istration’s share of loans made pursuant to paragraph (1) of
                                                                                           subsection (b)—
                                                                                                        (A) if the loan proceeds are to repair or replace a
                                                                                                     primary residence and/or repair or replace damaged or
                                                                                                     destroyed personal property, the interest rate shall be
                                                                                                     3 percent on the first $55,000 of such loan;
                                                                                                        (B) if the loan proceeds are to repair or replace prop-
                                                                                                     erty damaged or destroyed and if the applicant is a
                                                                                                     business concern which is unable to obtain sufficient
                                                                                                     credit elsewhere, the interest rate shall be as deter-
                                                                                                     mined by the Administration, but not in excess of 5
                                                                                                     percent per annum; and
                                                                                                   (C) if the loan proceeds are to repair or replace property
                                                                                                damaged or destroyed and if the applicant is a business
                                                                                                concern which is able to obtain sufficient credit elsewhere,
                                                                                                the interest rate shall not exceed the current average mar-
                                                                                                ket yield on outstanding marketable obligations of the
                                                                                                United States with remaining periods to maturity com-
                                                                                                parable to the average maturities of such loans and ad-
                                                                                                justed to the nearest one-eight of 1 percent, and an addi-
                                                                                                tional amount as determined by the Administration, but
                                                                                                not to exceed 1 percent: Provided, That three years after
                                                                                                such loan is fully disbursed and every two years thereafter
                                                                                                for the term of the loan, if the Administration determines
                                                                                                that the borrower is able to obtain a loan from one-Federal
                                                                                                sources at reasonable rates and terms for loans of similar
                                                                                                purposes and periods of time, the borrower shall, upon re-
                                                                                                quest by the Administration, apply for and accept such a
                                                                                                loan in sufficient amount to repay the Administration: Pro-
                                                                                                vided further, That no loan under subsection (b)(1) shall be
                                                                                                made, either directly or in cooperation with banks or other
                                                                                                lending institutions through agreements to participate on
                                                                                                an immediate or deferred basis, if the total amount out-
                                                                                                standing and committed to the borrower under such sub-
                                                                                                section would exceed $500,000 for each disaster, unless an
                                                                                                applicant constitutes a major source of employment in an
                                                                                                area suffering a disaster, in which case the Administra-
                                                                                                tion, in its discretion, may waive the $500,000 limitation.
                                                                                              (4) Notwithstanding the provisions of any other law, the in-
                                                                                           terest rate on the Federal share of any loan made under sub-
                                                                                           section (b) shall be—
                                                                                                   (A) in the case of a homeowner unable to secure credit
                                                                                                elsewhere, the rate prescribed by the Administration but
                                                                                                not more than one-half the rate determined by the Sec-
                                                                                                retary of the Treasury taking into consideration the cur-
                                                                                                rent average market yield on outstanding marketable obli-




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                gations of the United States with remaining periods to ma-
                                                                                                turity comparable to the average maturities of such loans
                                                                                                plus an additional charge of not to exceed 1 per centum
                                                                                                per annum as determined by the Administrator, and ad-




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00064   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        65

                                                                                                justed to the nearest one-eight of 1 per centum but not to
                                                                                                exceed 8 per centum per annum;
                                                                                                   (B) in the case of a homeowner able to secure credit else-
                                                                                                where, the rate prescribed by the Administration but not
                                                                                                more than the rate determined by the Secretary of the
                                                                                                Treasury taking into consideration the current average
                                                                                                market yield on outstanding marketable obligations of the
                                                                                                United States with remaining periods to maturity com-
                                                                                                parable to the average maturities of such loans plus an ad-
                                                                                                ditional charge of not to exceed 1 per centum per annum
                                                                                                as determined by the Administrator, and adjusted to the
                                                                                                nearest one-eighth of 1 per centum;
                                                                                                   (C) in the case of a business concern unable to obtain
                                                                                                credit elsewhere, not to exceed 8 per centum per annum;
                                                                                                   (D) in the case of a business concern able to obtain credit
                                                                                                elsewhere, the rate prescribed by the Administration but
                                                                                                not in excess of the rate prevailing in private market for
                                                                                                similar loans and not more than the rate prescribed by the
                                                                                                Administration as the maximum interest rate for deferred
                                                                                                participation (guaranteed) loans under section 7(a) of this
                                                                                                Act. Loans under this subparagraph shall be limited to a
                                                                                                maximum term of three years.
                                                                                             (5) Notwithstanding the provisions of any other law, the in-
                                                                                           terest rate on the Federal share of any loan made under sub-
                                                                                           section (b)(1) and (b)(2) on account of a disaster commencing on
                                                                                           or after October 1, 1982, shall be—
                                                                                                   (A) in the case of a homeowner unable to secure credit
                                                                                                elsewhere, the rate prescribed by the Administration but
                                                                                                not more than one-half the rate determined by the Sec-
                                                                                                retary of the Treasury taking into consideration the cur-
                                                                                                rent average market yield on outstanding marketable obli-
                                                                                                gations of the United States with remaining periods to ma-
                                                                                                turity comparable to the average maturities of such loan
                                                                                                plus an additional charge of not to exceed 1 per centum
                                                                                                per annum as determined by the Administrator, and ad-
                                                                                                justed to the nearest one-eighth of 1 per centum, but not
                                                                                                to exceed 4 per centum per annum;
                                                                                                   (B) in the case of a homeowner, able to secure credit
                                                                                                elsewhere, the rate prescribed by the Administration but
                                                                                                not more than the rate determined by the Secretary of the
                                                                                                Treasury taking into consideration the current average
                                                                                                market yield on outstanding marketable obligations of the
                                                                                                United States with remaining periods to maturity com-
                                                                                                parable to the average maturities of such loans plus an ad-
                                                                                                ditional charge of not to exceed 1 per centum per annum
                                                                                                as determined by the Administrator, and adjusted to the
                                                                                                nearest one-eighth of 1 per centum, but not to exceed 8 per
                                                                                                centum per annum;
                                                                                                   (C) in the case of a business, private nonprofit organiza-
                                                                                                tion, or other concern, including agricultural cooperatives,
                                                                                                unable to obtain credit elsewhere, not to exceed 4 per cen-




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                tum per annum;
                                                                                                   (D) in the case of a business concern able to obtain credit
                                                                                                elsewhere, the rate prescribed by the Administration but
                                                                                                not in excess of the lowest of (i) the rate prevailing in the




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00065   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        66

                                                                                             private market for similar loans, (ii) the rate prescribed by
                                                                                             the Administration as the maximum interest rate for de-
                                                                                             ferred participation (guaranteed) loans under section 7(a)
                                                                                             of this Act, or (iii) 8 per centum per annum. Loans under
                                                                                             this subparagraph shall be limited to a maximum term of
                                                                                             7 years.
                                                                                           (6) Notwithstanding the provisions of any other law, such
                                                                                        loans, subject to the reductions required by subparagraphs (A)
                                                                                        and (B) of paragraph 7(b)(1), shall be in amounts equal to 100
                                                                                        per centum of loss. The interest rate for loans made under
                                                                                        paragraphs 7(b)(1) and (2), as determined pursuant to para-
                                                                                        graph (5), shall be the rate of interest which is in effect on the
                                                                                        date of the disaster commenced: Provided, That no loan under
                                                                                        paragraphs 7(b) (1) and (2) shall be made, either directly or in
                                                                                        cooperation with banks or other lending institutions through
                                                                                        agreements to participate on an immediate or deferred (guar-
                                                                                        anteed) basis, if the total amount outstanding and committed
                                                                                        to the borrower under subsection 7(b) would exceed $500,000
                                                                                        for each disaster unless an applicant constitutes a major source
                                                                                        of employment in an area suffering a disaster, in which case
                                                                                        the Administration, in its discretion, may waive the $500,000
                                                                                        limitation: Provided further, That the Administration, subject
                                                                                        to the reductions required by subparagraphs (A) and (B) of
                                                                                        paragraph 7(b)(1), shall not reduce the amount of eligibility for
                                                                                        any homeowner on account of loss of real estate to less than
                                                                                        $100,000 for each disaster nor for any homeowner or lessee on
                                                                                        account of loss of personal property to less than $20,000 for
                                                                                        each disaster, such sums being in addition to any eligible refi-
                                                                                        nancing: Provided further, That the Administration shall not
                                                                                        require collateral for loans of $14,000 or less (or such higher
                                                                                        amount as the Administrator determines appropriate in the
                                                                                        event of a major disaster) which are made under paragraph (1)
                                                                                        of subsection (b): Provided further, That the Administrator, in
                                                                                        obtaining the best available collateral for a loan of not more
                                                                                        than $200,000 under paragraph (1) or (2) of subsection (b) re-
                                                                                        lating to damage to or destruction of the property of, or eco-
                                                                                        nomic injury to, a small business concern, shall not require the
                                                                                        owner of the small business concern to use the primary resi-
                                                                                        dence of the owner as collateral if the Administrator deter-
                                                                                        mines that the owner has other assets of equal quality and
                                                                                        with a value equal to or greater than the amount of the loan
                                                                                        that could be used as collateral for the loan: Provided further,
                                                                                        That nothing in the preceding proviso may be construed to re-
                                                                                        duce the amount of collateral required by the Administrator in
                                                                                        connection with a loan described in the preceding proviso or to
                                                                                        modify the standards used to evaluate the quality (rather than
                                                                                        the type) of such collateral. Employees of concerns sharing a
                                                                                        common business premises shall be aggregated in determining
                                                                                        ‘‘major source of employment’’ status for nonprofit applicants
                                                                                        owning such premises.
                                                                                    With respect to any loan which is outstanding on the date of enact-




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                    ment of this paragraph and which was made on account of a dis-
                                                                                    aster commencing on or after October 1, 1982, the Administrator
                                                                                    shall made such change in the interest rate on the balance of such
                                                                                    loan as is required herein effective as of the date of enactment.




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00066   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        67

                                                                                       (7) The Administration shall not withhold disaster assistance
                                                                                    pursuant to this paragraph to nurseries who are victims of drought
                                                                                    disasters. As used in section 7(b)(2) the term ‘‘an area affected by
                                                                                    a disaster’’ includes any county, or county contiguous thereto, de-
                                                                                    termined to be a disaster by the President, the Secretary of Agri-
                                                                                    culture or the Administrator of the Small Business Administration.
                                                                                            (8) DISASTER LOANS FOR SUPERSTORM SANDY.—
                                                                                                 (A) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding any other provision
                                                                                              of law, and subject to the same requirements and proce-
                                                                                              dures that are used to make loans pursuant to subsection
                                                                                              (b), a small business concern, homeowner, nonprofit entity,
                                                                                              or renter that was located within an area and during the
                                                                                              time period with respect to which a major disaster was de-
                                                                                              clared by the President under section 401 of the Robert T.
                                                                                              Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42
                                                                                              U.S.C. 5170) by reason of Superstorm Sandy may apply to
                                                                                              the Administrator—
                                                                                                      (i) for a loan to repair, rehabilitate, or replace prop-
                                                                                                   erty damaged or destroyed by reason of Superstorm
                                                                                                   Sandy; or
                                                                                                      (ii) if such a small business concern has suffered
                                                                                                   substantial economic injury by reason of Superstorm
                                                                                                   Sandy, for a loan to assist such a small business con-
                                                                                                   cern.
                                                                                                 (B) TIMING.—The Administrator shall select loan recipi-
                                                                                              ents and make available loans for a period of not less than
                                                                                              1 year after the date on which the Administrator carries
                                                                                              out this authority.
                                                                                                 (C) INSPECTOR GENERAL REVIEW.—Not later than 6
                                                                                              months after the date on which the Administrator begins
                                                                                              carrying out this authority, the Inspector General of the
                                                                                              Administration shall initiate a review of the controls for
                                                                                              ensuring applicant eligibility for loans made under this
                                                                                              paragraph.
                                                                                       (e) The Administration shall not fund any Small Business Devel-
                                                                                    opment Center or any variation thereof, except as authorized in
                                                                                    section 21 of this Act.
                                                                                       (f) ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR 7(b) LOANS.—
                                                                                            (1) INCREASED DEFERMENT AUTHORIZED.—
                                                                                                 (A) IN GENERAL.—In making loans under subsection (b),
                                                                                              the Administrator may provide, to the person receiving the
                                                                                              loan, an option to defer repayment on the loan.
                                                                                                 (B) PERIOD.—The period of a deferment under subpara-
                                                                                              graph (A) may not exceed 4 years.
                                                                                       (g) NET EARNINGS CLAUSES PROHIBITED FOR 7(b) LOANS.—In
                                                                                    making loans under subsection (b), the Administrator shall not re-
                                                                                    quire the borrower to pay any non-amortized amount for the first
                                                                                    five years after repayment begins.
                                                                                       (e) [RESERVED].
                                                                                       (f) [RESERVED].




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                       (h)(1) The Administration also is empowered, where other finan-
                                                                                    cial assistance is not available on reasonable terms, to make such
                                                                                    loans (either directly or in cooperation with Banks or other lending
                                                                                    institutions through agreements to participate on an immediate or




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00067   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        68

                                                                                    deferred basis) as the Administration may determine to be nec-
                                                                                    essary or appropriate—
                                                                                            (A) to assist any public or private organization—
                                                                                                 (i) which is organized under the laws of the United
                                                                                               States or of any State, operated in the interest of handi-
                                                                                               capped individuals, the net income of which does not inure
                                                                                               in whole or in part to the benefit of any shareholder or
                                                                                               other individual;
                                                                                                 (ii) which complies with any applicable occupational
                                                                                               health and safety standard prescribed by the Secretary of
                                                                                               Labor; and
                                                                                                 (iii) which, in the production of commodities and in the
                                                                                               provision of services during any fiscal year in which it re-
                                                                                               ceives financial assistance under this subsection, employs
                                                                                               handicapped individuals for not less than 75 per centum of
                                                                                               the man-hours required for the production or provision of
                                                                                               the commodities or services; or
                                                                                            (B) to assist any handicapped individual in establishing, ac-
                                                                                          quiring, or operating a small business concern.
                                                                                       (2) The Administration’s share of any loan made under this sub-
                                                                                    section shall not exceed $350,000, nor may any such loan be made
                                                                                    if the total amount outstanding and committed (by participation or
                                                                                    otherwise) to the borrower from the business loan and investment
                                                                                    fund established by section 4(c)(1)(B) of this Act would exceed
                                                                                    $350,000. In agreements to participate in loans on a deferred basis
                                                                                    under this subsection, the Administration’s participation may total
                                                                                    100 per centum of the balance of the loan at the time of disburse-
                                                                                    ment. The Administration’s share of any loan made under this sub-
                                                                                    section shall bear interest at the rate of 3 per centum per annum.
                                                                                    The maximum term of any such loan, including extensions and re-
                                                                                    newals thereof, may not exceed fifteen years. All loans made under
                                                                                    this subsection shall be of such sound value or so secured as rea-
                                                                                    sonably to assure repayment: Provided, however, That any reason-
                                                                                    able doubt shall be resolved in favor of the applicant.
                                                                                       (3) For purposes of this subsection, the term ‘‘handicapped indi-
                                                                                    vidual’’ means a person who has a physical, mental, or emotional
                                                                                    impairment, defect, ailment, disease, or disability of a permanent
                                                                                    nature which in any way limits the selection of any type of employ-
                                                                                    ment for which the person would otherwise be qualified or
                                                                                    qualifiable.
                                                                                       (i)(1) The Administration also is empowered to make, participate
                                                                                    (on an immediate basis) in, or guarantee loans, repayable in not
                                                                                    more than fifteen years, to any small business concern, or to any
                                                                                    qualified person seeking to establish such a concern, when it deter-
                                                                                    mines that such loans will further the policies established in sec-
                                                                                    tion 2(b) of this Act, with particular emphasis on the preservation
                                                                                    or establishment of small business concerns located in urban or
                                                                                    rural areas with high proportions of unemployed or low-income in-
                                                                                    dividuals, or owned by low-income individuals: Provided, however,
                                                                                    That no such loans shall be made, participated in, or guaranteed
                                                                                    if the total of such Federal assistance to a single borrower out-




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                    standing at any one time would exceed $100,000. The Administra-
                                                                                    tion may defer payments on the principal of such loans for a grace
                                                                                    period and use such other methods as it deems necessary and ap-
                                                                                    propriate to assure the successful establishment and operation of




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00068   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        69

                                                                                    such concern. The Administration may, in its discretion, as a condi-
                                                                                    tion of such financial assistance, require that the borrower take
                                                                                    steps to improve his management skills by participating in a man-
                                                                                    agement training program approved by the Administration: Pro-
                                                                                    vided, however, That any management training program so ap-
                                                                                    proved must be of sufficient scope and duration to provide reason-
                                                                                    able opportunity for the individuals served to develop entrepre-
                                                                                    neurial and managerial self-sufficiency.
                                                                                       (2) The Administration shall encourage, as far as possible, the
                                                                                    participation of the private business community in the program of
                                                                                    assistance to such concerns, and shall seek to stimulate new pri-
                                                                                    vate lending activities to such concerns through the use of the loan
                                                                                    guarantees, participations in loans, and pooling arrangements au-
                                                                                    thorized by this subsection.
                                                                                       (3) To insure an equitable distribution between urban and rural
                                                                                    areas for loans between $3,500 and $100,000 made under this sub-
                                                                                    section, the Administration is authorized to use the agencies and
                                                                                    agreements and delegations developed under title III of the Eco-
                                                                                    nomic Opportunity Act of 1964, as amended, as it shall determine
                                                                                    necessary.
                                                                                       (4) The Administration shall provide for the continuing evalua-
                                                                                    tion of programs under this subsection, including full information
                                                                                    on the location, income characteristics, and types of businesses and
                                                                                    individuals assisted, and on new private lending activity stimu-
                                                                                    lated, and the results of such evaluation together with rec-
                                                                                    ommendations shall be included in the report required by section
                                                                                    10(a) of this Act.
                                                                                       (5) Loans made pursuant to this subsection (including immediate
                                                                                    participation in and guarantees of such loans) shall have such
                                                                                    terms and conditions as the Administration shall determine, sub-
                                                                                    ject to the following limitations—
                                                                                            (A) there is reasonable assurance of repayment of the loan;
                                                                                            (B) the financial assistance is not otherwise available on rea-
                                                                                         sonable terms from private sources or other Federal, State, or
                                                                                         local programs;
                                                                                            (C) the amount of the loan, together with other funds avail-
                                                                                         able, is adequate to assure completion of the project or achieve-
                                                                                         ment of the purposes for which the loan is made;
                                                                                            (D) the loan bears interest at a rate not less than (i) a rate
                                                                                         determined by the Secretary of the Treasury, taking into con-
                                                                                         sideration the average market yield on outstanding Treasury
                                                                                         obligations of comparable maturity, plus (ii) such additional
                                                                                         charge, if any, toward covering other costs of the program as
                                                                                         the Administration may determine to be consistent with its
                                                                                         purposes: Provided, however, That the rate of interest charged
                                                                                         on loans made in redevelopment areas designated under the
                                                                                         Public Works and Economic Development Act of 1965 (42
                                                                                         U.S.C. 3108 et seq.) shall not exceed the rate currently applica-
                                                                                         ble to new loans made under section 201 of that Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                         3142); and
                                                                                            (E) fees not in excess of amounts necessary to cover adminis-




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                         trative expenses and probable losses may be required on loan
                                                                                         guarantees.
                                                                                       (6) The Administration shall take such steps as may be necessary
                                                                                    to insure that, in any fiscal year, at least 50 per centum of the




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00069   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        70

                                                                                    amounts loaned or guaranteed pursuant to this subsection are al-
                                                                                    lotted to small business concerns located in urban areas identified
                                                                                    by the Administration as having high concentrations of unemployed
                                                                                    or low-income individuals or to small business concerns owned by
                                                                                    low-income individuals. The Administration shall define the mean-
                                                                                    ing of low income as it applies to owners of small business concerns
                                                                                    eligible to be assisted under this subsection.
                                                                                       (7) No financial assistance shall be extended pursuant to this
                                                                                    subsection when the Administration determines that the assistance
                                                                                    will be used in relocating establishments from one area to another
                                                                                    if such relocation would result in an increase in unemployment in
                                                                                    the area of original location.
                                                                                       (j)(1) the Administration shall provide financial assistance to
                                                                                    public or private organizations to pay all or part of the cost of
                                                                                    projects designated to provide technical or management assistance
                                                                                    to individuals or enterprises eligible for assistance under sections
                                                                                    7(i), 7(j)(10), and 8(a) of this Act, with special attention to small
                                                                                    businesses located in areas of high concentration of unemployed or
                                                                                    low-income individuals, to small businesses eligible to receive con-
                                                                                    tracts pursuant to section 8(a) of this Act.
                                                                                       (2) Financial assistance under this subsection may be provided
                                                                                    for projects, including, but not limited to—
                                                                                             (A) planning and research, including feasibility studies and
                                                                                          market research;
                                                                                             (B) the identification and development of new business op-
                                                                                          portunities;
                                                                                             (C) the furnishing of centralized services with regard to pub-
                                                                                          lic services and Federal Government programs including pro-
                                                                                          grams authorized under sections 7(i), (7)(j)(10), and 8(a) of this
                                                                                          Act;
                                                                                             (D) the establishment and strengthening of business service
                                                                                          agencies, including trade associations and cooperative; and
                                                                                             (E) the furnishing of business counseling, management train-
                                                                                          ing, and legal and other related services, with special emphasis
                                                                                          on the development of management training programs using
                                                                                          the resources of the business community, including the devel-
                                                                                          opment of management training opportunities in existing busi-
                                                                                          ness, and with emphasis in all cases upon providing manage-
                                                                                          ment training of sufficient scope and duration to develop entre-
                                                                                          preneurial and managerial self-sufficiency on the part of the
                                                                                          individuals served.
                                                                                       (3) The Administration shall encourage the placement of sub-
                                                                                    contracts by businesses with small business concerns located in
                                                                                    area of high concentration of unemployed or low-income individ-
                                                                                    uals, with small businesses owned by low-income individuals, and
                                                                                    with small businesses eligible to receive contracts pursuant to sec-
                                                                                    tion 8(a) of this Act. The Administration may provide incentives
                                                                                    and assistance to such businesses that will aid in the training and
                                                                                    upgrading of potential subcontractors or other small business con-
                                                                                    cerns eligible for assistance under section 7(i), 7(j), and 8(a), of this




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                    Act.
                                                                                       (4) The Administration shall give preference to projects which
                                                                                    promote the ownership, participation in ownership, or management
                                                                                    of small businesses owned by low-income individuals and small




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00070   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        71

                                                                                    businesses eligible to receive contracts pursuant to section 8(a) of
                                                                                    this Act.
                                                                                       (5) The financial assistance authorized for projects under this
                                                                                    subsection includes assistance advanced by grant, agreement, or
                                                                                    contract.
                                                                                       (6) The Administration is authorized to make payments under
                                                                                    grants and contracts entered into under this subsection in lump
                                                                                    sum or installments, and in advance or by way of reimbursement,
                                                                                    and in the case of grants, with necessary adjustments on account
                                                                                    of overpayments or underpayments.
                                                                                       (7) To the extent feasible, services under this subsection shall be
                                                                                    provided in a location which is easily accessible to the individuals
                                                                                    and small business concerns served.
                                                                                       (9) The Administration shall take such steps as may be necessary
                                                                                    and appropriate, in coordination and cooperation with the heads of
                                                                                    other Federal departments and agencies, to insure that contracts,
                                                                                    subcontracts, and deposits made by the Federal Government or
                                                                                    with programs aided with Federal funds are placed in such way as
                                                                                    to further the purposes of sections 7(i), 7(j), and 8(a) of this Act.
                                                                                       (10) There is established with the Administration a small busi-
                                                                                    ness and capital ownership development program (hereinafter re-
                                                                                    ferred to as the ‘‘Program’’) which shall provide assistance exclu-
                                                                                    sively for small business concerns eligible to receive contracts pur-
                                                                                    suant to section 8(a) of this Act. The program, and all other serv-
                                                                                    ices and activities authorized under section 7(j) and 8(a) of this Act,
                                                                                    shall be managed by the Associate Administrator for Minority
                                                                                    Small Business and Capital Ownership Development under the su-
                                                                                    pervision of, and responsible to, the Administrator.
                                                                                            (A) The Program shall—
                                                                                                 (i) assist small business concerns participating in the
                                                                                              Program (either through public or private organizations) to
                                                                                              develop and maintain comprehensive business plans which
                                                                                              set forth the Program Participant’s specific business tar-
                                                                                              gets, objectives, and goals developed and maintained in
                                                                                              conformity with subparagraph (D).
                                                                                                 (ii) provide for such other nonfinancial services as
                                                                                              deemed necessary for the establishment, preservation, and
                                                                                              growth of small business concerns participating in the Pro-
                                                                                              gram, including but not limited to (I) loan packaging, (II)
                                                                                              financing counseling, (III) accounting and bookkeeping as-
                                                                                              sistance, (IV) marketing assistance, and (V) management
                                                                                              assistance;
                                                                                                 (iii) assist small business concerns participating in the
                                                                                              Program to obtain equity and debt financing;
                                                                                                 (iv) establish regular performance monitoring and re-
                                                                                              porting systems for small business concerns participating
                                                                                              in the Program to assure compliance with their business
                                                                                              plans;
                                                                                                 (v) analyze and report the causes of success and failure
                                                                                              of small business concerns participating in the Program;
                                                                                              and




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                 (vi) provide assistance necessary to help small business
                                                                                              concerns participating in the Program to procure surety
                                                                                              bonds, with such assistance including, but not limited to,
                                                                                              (I) the preparation of application forms required to receive




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00071   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        72

                                                                                                 a surety bond, (II) special management and technical as-
                                                                                                 sistance designed to meet the specific needs of small busi-
                                                                                                 ness concerns participating in the Program and which
                                                                                                 have received or are applying to receive a surety bond, and
                                                                                                 (III) guarantee from the Administration pursuant to title
                                                                                                 IV, part B of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958.
                                                                                              (B) Small business concerns eligible to receive contracts pur-
                                                                                           suant to section 8(a) of this Act shall participate in the Pro-
                                                                                           gram.
                                                                                              (C)(i) A small business concern participating in any program
                                                                                           or activity conducted under the authority of this paragraph or
                                                                                           eligible for the award of contracts pursuant to section 8(a) on
                                                                                           September 1, 1988, shall be permitted continued participation
                                                                                           and eligibility in such program or activity for a period of time
                                                                                           which is the greater of—
                                                                                                    (I) 9 years less the number of years since the award of
                                                                                                 its first contract pursuant to section 8(a); or
                                                                                                    (II) its original fixed program participation term (plus
                                                                                                 any extension thereof) assigned prior to the effective date
                                                                                                 of this paragraph plus eighteen months.
                                                                                              (ii) Nothing contained in this subparagraph shall be deemed
                                                                                           to prevent the Administration from instituting a termination
                                                                                           or graduation pursuant to subparagraph (F) or (H) for issues
                                                                                           unrelated to the expiration of any time period limitation.
                                                                                              (D)(i) Promptly after certification under paragraph (11) a
                                                                                           Program Participant shall submit a business plan (hereinafter
                                                                                           referred to as the plan’’) as described in clause (ii) of this sub-
                                                                                           paragraph for review by the Business Opportunity Specialist
                                                                                           assigned to assist such Program Participant. The plan may be
                                                                                           a revision of a preliminary business plan submitted by the Pro-
                                                                                           gram Participant or required by the Administration as a part
                                                                                           of the application for certification under this section and shall
                                                                                           be designed to result in the Program Participant eliminating
                                                                                           the conditions or circumstances upon which the Administration
                                                                                           determined eligibility pursuant to section 8(a)(6). Such plan,
                                                                                           and subsequent modifications submitted under clause (iii) of
                                                                                           this subparagraph, shall be approved by the business oppor-
                                                                                           tunity specialist prior to the Program Participant being eligible
                                                                                           for award of a contract pursuant to section 8(a).
                                                                                                    (ii) The plans submitted under this subparagraph shall
                                                                                                 include the following:
                                                                                                         (I) An analysis of market potential, competitive en-
                                                                                                       vironment, and other business analyses estimating the
                                                                                                       Program Participant’s prospects for profitable oper-
                                                                                                       ations during the term of program participation and
                                                                                                       after graduation.
                                                                                                         (II) An analysis of the Program Participant’s
                                                                                                       strengths and weaknesses with particular attention to
                                                                                                       correcting any financial, managerial, technical, or per-
                                                                                                       sonnel conditions which are likely to impede the small
                                                                                                       business concern from receiving contracts other than




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                       those awarded under section 8(a).
                                                                                                         (III) Specific targets, objectives, and goals, for the
                                                                                                       business development of the Program Participant dur-
                                                                                                       ing the next and succeeding years utilizing the results




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00072   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        73

                                                                                                      of the analyses conducted pursuant to subclauses (I)
                                                                                                      and (II).
                                                                                                         (IV) A transition management plan outlining specific
                                                                                                      steps to assure profitable business operations after
                                                                                                      graduation (to be incorporated into the Program Par-
                                                                                                      ticipant’s plan during the first year of the transitional
                                                                                                      stage of Program participation).
                                                                                                         (V) Estimates of contract awards pursuant to section
                                                                                                      8(a) and from other sources, which the Program Par-
                                                                                                      ticipant will require to meet the specific targets, objec-
                                                                                                      tives, and goals for the years covered by its plan. The
                                                                                                      estimates established shall be consistent with the pro-
                                                                                                      visions of subparagraph (I) and section 8(a).
                                                                                                   (iii) Each Program Participant shall annually review its
                                                                                                currently approved plan with its Business Opportunity
                                                                                                Specialist and modify such plan as may be appropriate.
                                                                                                Any modified plan shall be submitted to the Administra-
                                                                                                tion for approval. The currently approved plan shall be
                                                                                                considered valid until such time as a modified plan is ap-
                                                                                                proved by the Business Opportunity Specialist. Annual re-
                                                                                                views pertaining to years in the transitional stage of pro-
                                                                                                gram participation shall require, as appropriate, a written
                                                                                                verification that such Program Participant has complied
                                                                                                with the requirements of subparagraph (I) relating to at-
                                                                                                taining business activity from sources other than contracts
                                                                                                awarded pursuant to section 8(a).
                                                                                                   (iv) Each Program Participant shall annually forecast its
                                                                                                needs for contract awards under section 8(a) for the next
                                                                                                program year and the succeeding program year during the
                                                                                                review of its business plan, conducted pursuant to clause
                                                                                                (iii). Such forecast shall be known as the section 8(a) con-
                                                                                                tract support level and shall be included in the Program
                                                                                                Participant’s business plan. Such forecast shall include—
                                                                                                         (I) the aggregate dollar value of contract support to
                                                                                                      be sought on a noncompetitive basis under section
                                                                                                      8(a), reflecting compliance with the requirements of
                                                                                                      subparagraph (I) relating to attaining business activ-
                                                                                                      ity from sources other than contracts awarded pursu-
                                                                                                      ant to section 8(a),
                                                                                                         (II) the types of contract opportunities being sought,
                                                                                                      identified by Standard Industrial Classification (SIC)
                                                                                                      Code or otherwise,
                                                                                                         (III) an estimate of the dollar value of contract sup-
                                                                                                      port to be sought on a competitive basis, and
                                                                                                         (IV) such other information as may be requested by
                                                                                                      the Business Opportunity Specialist to provide effec-
                                                                                                      tive business development assistance to the Program
                                                                                                      Participant.
                                                                                             (E) A small business concern participating in the program
                                                                                           conducted under the authority of this paragraph and eligible
                                                                                           for the award of contracts pursuant to section 8(a) shall be de-




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                           nied all such assistance if such concern—
                                                                                                   (i) voluntarily elects not to continue participation;
                                                                                                   (ii) completes the period of Program participation as pre-
                                                                                                scribed by paragraph (15);




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00073   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        74

                                                                                                   (iii) is terminated pursuant to a termination proceeding
                                                                                                conducted in accordance with section 8(a)(9); or
                                                                                                   (iv) is graduated pursuant to a graduation proceeding
                                                                                                conducted in accordance with section 8(a)(9).
                                                                                              (F) For the purposes of section and 8(a), the terms ‘‘termi-
                                                                                           nated’’ or ‘‘termination’’ means the total denial or suspension
                                                                                           of assistance under this paragraph or under section 8(a) prior
                                                                                           to the graduation of the participating small business concern
                                                                                           or prior to the expiration of the maximum program participa-
                                                                                           tion in term. An action for termination shall be based upon
                                                                                           good cause, including—
                                                                                                   (i) the failure by such concern to maintain its eligibility
                                                                                                for Program participation;
                                                                                                   (ii) the failure of the concern to engage in business prac-
                                                                                                tices that will promote its competitiveness within a reason-
                                                                                                able period of time as evidenced by, among other indica-
                                                                                                tors, a pattern of unjustified delinquent performance or
                                                                                                terminations for default with respect to contracts awarded
                                                                                                under the authority of section 8(a);
                                                                                                   (iii) a demonstrated pattern of failing to make required
                                                                                                submissions or responses to the Administration in a timely
                                                                                                manner;
                                                                                                   (iv) the willful violation of any rule or regulation of the
                                                                                                Administration pertaining to material issues;
                                                                                                   (v) the debarment of the concern or its disadvantaged
                                                                                                owners by any agency pursuant to subpart 9.4 of title 48,
                                                                                                Code of Federal Regulations (or any successor regulation);
                                                                                                or
                                                                                                   (vi) the conviction of the disadvantaged owner or an offi-
                                                                                                cer of the concern for any offense indicating a lack of busi-
                                                                                                ness integrity including any conviction for embezzlement,
                                                                                                theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or violation of section
                                                                                                16. For purposes of this clause, no termination action shall
                                                                                                be taken with respect to a disadvantaged owner solely be-
                                                                                                cause of the conviction of an officer of the concern (who is
                                                                                                other than a disadvantaged owner) unless such owner con-
                                                                                                spired with, abetted, or otherwise knowingly acquiesced in
                                                                                                the activity or omission that was the basis of such officer’s
                                                                                                conviction.
                                                                                              (G) The Director of the Division may initiate a termination
                                                                                           proceeding by recommending such action to the Associate Ad-
                                                                                           ministrator for Minority Small Business and Capital Owner-
                                                                                           ship Development. Whenever the Associate Administrator, or a
                                                                                           designee of such officer, determines such termination is appro-
                                                                                           priate, within 15 days after making such a determination the
                                                                                           Program Participant shall be provided a written notice of in-
                                                                                           tent to terminate, specifying the reasons for such action. No
                                                                                           Program Participant shall be terminated from the Program
                                                                                           pursuant to subparagraph (F) without first being afforded an
                                                                                           opportunity for a hearing in accordance with section 8(a)(9).
                                                                                              (H) For the purposes of sections 7(j) and 8(a) the term ‘‘grad-




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                           uated’’ or ‘‘graduation’’ means that the Program Participant is
                                                                                           recognized as successfully completing the program by substan-
                                                                                           tially achieving the targets, objectives, and goals contained in
                                                                                           the concern’s business plan thereby demonstrating its ability to




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00074   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        75

                                                                                           compete in the marketplace without assistance under this sec-
                                                                                           tion or section 8(a).
                                                                                              (I)(i) During the developmental stage of its participation in
                                                                                           the Program, a Program Participant shall take all reasonable
                                                                                           efforts within its control to attain the targets contained in its
                                                                                           business plan for contracts awarded other than pursuant to
                                                                                           section 8(a) (hereinafter referred to as ‘‘business activity tar-
                                                                                           gets.’’). Such efforts shall be made a part of the business plan
                                                                                           and shall be sufficient in scope and duration to satisfy the Ad-
                                                                                           ministration that the Program Participant will engage a rea-
                                                                                           sonable marketing strategy that will maximize its potential to
                                                                                           achieve its business activity targets.
                                                                                              (ii) During the transitional stage of the Program a Program
                                                                                           Participant shall be subject to regulations regarding business
                                                                                           activity targets that are promulgated by the Administration
                                                                                           pursuant to clause (iii);
                                                                                              (iii) The regulations referred to in clause (ii) shall:
                                                                                                    (I) establish business activity targets applicable to Pro-
                                                                                                 gram Participants during the fifth year and each suc-
                                                                                                 ceeding year of Program Participation; such targets, for
                                                                                                 such period of time, shall reflect a reasonably consistent
                                                                                                 increase in contracts awarded other than pursuant to sec-
                                                                                                 tion 8(a), expressed as a percentage of total sales; when
                                                                                                 promulgating business activity targets the Administration
                                                                                                 may establish modified targets for Program Participants
                                                                                                 that have participated in the Program for a period of
                                                                                                 longer than four years on the effective date of this sub-
                                                                                                 paragraph;
                                                                                                    (II) require a Program Participant to attain its business
                                                                                                 activity targets;
                                                                                                    (III) provide that, before the receipt of any contract to be
                                                                                                 awarded pursuant to section 8(a), the Program Participant
                                                                                                 (if it is in the transitional stage) must certify that it has
                                                                                                 complied with the regulations promulgated pursuant to
                                                                                                 subclause (II), or that it is in compliance with such reme-
                                                                                                 dial measures as may have been ordered pursuant to regu-
                                                                                                 lations issued under subclause (V);
                                                                                                    (IV) require the Administration to review each Program
                                                                                                 Participant’s performance regarding attainment of busi-
                                                                                                 ness activity targets during periodic reviews of such Par-
                                                                                                 ticipant’s business plan; and
                                                                                                    (V) authorize the Administration to take appropriate re-
                                                                                                 medial measures with respect to a Program Participant
                                                                                                 that has failed to attain a required business activity target
                                                                                                 for the purpose of reducing such Participant’s dependence
                                                                                                 on contracts awarded pursuant to section 8(a); such reme-
                                                                                                 dial actions may include, but are not limited to assisting
                                                                                                 the Program Participant to expand the dollar volume of its
                                                                                                 competitive business activity or limiting the dollar volume
                                                                                                 of contracts awarded to the Program Participant pursuant




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                 to section 8(a); except for actions that would constitute a
                                                                                                 termination, remedial measures taken pursuant to this
                                                                                                 subclause shall not be reviewable pursuant to section
                                                                                                 8(a)(9).




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00075   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        76

                                                                                            (J)(i) The Administration shall conduct an evaluation of a
                                                                                         Program Participant’s eligibility for continued participation in
                                                                                         the Program whenever it receives specific and credible infor-
                                                                                         mation alleging that such Program Participant no longer meets
                                                                                         the requirements for Program eligibility. Upon making a find-
                                                                                         ing that a Program Participant is no longer eligible, the Ad-
                                                                                         ministration shall initiate a termination proceeding in accord-
                                                                                         ance with subparagraph (F). A Program Participant’s eligibility
                                                                                         for award of any contract under the authority of section 8(a)
                                                                                         may be suspended pursuant to subpart 9.4 of title 48, Code of
                                                                                         Federal Regulations (or any successor regulation).
                                                                                            (ii)(I) Except as authorized by subclauses (II) or (III), no
                                                                                         award shall be made pursuant to section 8(a) to a concern
                                                                                         other than a small business concern.
                                                                                            (II) In determining the size of a small business concern
                                                                                         owned by a socially and economically disadvantaged Indian
                                                                                         tribe (or a wholly owned business entity of such tribe), each
                                                                                         firm’s size shall be independently determined without regard
                                                                                         to its affiliation with the tribe, any entity of the tribal govern-
                                                                                         ment, or any other business enterprise owned by the tribe, un-
                                                                                         less the Administrator determines that one or more such trib-
                                                                                         ally owned business concerns have obtained, or are likely to ob-
                                                                                         tain, a substantial unfair competitive advantage within an in-
                                                                                         dustry category.
                                                                                            (III) Any joint venture established under the authority of
                                                                                         section 602(b) of Public Law 100–656, the ‘‘Business Oppor-
                                                                                         tunity Development Reform Act of 1988’’, shall be eligible for
                                                                                         award of a contract pursuant to section 8(a).
                                                                                      (11)(A) The Associate Administrator for Minority Small Business
                                                                                    and Capital Ownership Development shall be responsible for co-
                                                                                    ordinating and formulating policies relating to Federal assistance
                                                                                    to small business concerns eligible for assistance under section 7(i)
                                                                                    of this Act and small business concerns eligible to receive contracts
                                                                                    pursuant to section 8(a) of this Act.
                                                                                            (B)(i) Except as provided in clause (iii), no individual who
                                                                                         was determined pursuant to section 8(a) to be socially and eco-
                                                                                         nomically disadvantaged before the effective date of this sub-
                                                                                         paragraph shall be permitted to assert such disadvantage with
                                                                                         respect to any other concern making application for certifi-
                                                                                         cation after such effective date.
                                                                                                  (ii) Except as provided in clause (iii), any individual
                                                                                               upon whom eligibility is based pursuant to section 8(a)(4)
                                                                                               shall be permitted to assert such eligibility for only one
                                                                                               small business concern.
                                                                                                  (iii) A socially and economically disadvantaged Indian
                                                                                               tribe may own more than one small business concern eligi-
                                                                                               ble for assistance pursuant to section 7(j)(10) and section
                                                                                               8(a) if—
                                                                                                        (I) the Indian tribe does not own another firm in the
                                                                                                     same industry which has been determined to be eligi-




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                     ble to receive contracts under this program, and
                                                                                                        (II) the individuals responsible for the management
                                                                                                     and daily operations of the concern do not manage
                                                                                                     more than two Program Participants.




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00076   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        77

                                                                                      (C) No concern, previously eligible for the award of contracts pur-
                                                                                    suant to section 8(a), shall be subsequently recertified for program
                                                                                    participation if its prior participation in the program was concluded
                                                                                    for any of the reasons described in paragraph (10)(E).
                                                                                      (D) A concern eligible for the award of contracts pursuant to this
                                                                                    subsection shall remain eligible for such contracts if there is a
                                                                                    transfer of ownership and control (as defined pursuant to section
                                                                                    8(a)(4)) to individuals who are determined to be socially and eco-
                                                                                    nomically disadvantaged pursuant to section 8(a). In the event of
                                                                                    such a transfer, the concern, if not terminated or graduated, shall
                                                                                    be eligible for a period of continued participation in the program
                                                                                    not to exceed the time limitations prescribed in paragraph (15).
                                                                                      (E) There is established a Division of Program Certification and
                                                                                    Eligibility (hereinafter referred to in this paragraph as the Divi-
                                                                                    sion’’) that shall be made part of the Office of Minority Small Busi-
                                                                                    ness and Capital Ownership Development. The Division shall be
                                                                                    headed by a Director who shall report directly to the Associate Ad-
                                                                                    ministrator for Minority Small Business and Capital Ownership
                                                                                    Development. The Division shall establish field offices within such
                                                                                    regional offices of the Administration as may be necessary to per-
                                                                                    form efficiently its functions and responsibilities.
                                                                                      (F) Subject to the provisions of section 8(a)(9), the functions and
                                                                                    responsibility of the Division are to—
                                                                                            (i) receive, review and evaluate applications for certification
                                                                                         pursuant to paragraphs (4), (5), (6) and (7) of section 8(a);
                                                                                            (ii) advise each program applicant within 15 days after the
                                                                                         receipt of an application as to whether such application is com-
                                                                                         plete and suitable for evaluation and, if not, what matters
                                                                                         must be rectified;
                                                                                            (iii) render recommendations on such applications to the As-
                                                                                         sociate Administrator for Minority Small Business and Capital
                                                                                         Ownership Development;
                                                                                            (iv) review and evaluate financial statements and other sub-
                                                                                         missions from concerns participating in the program estab-
                                                                                         lished by paragraph (10) to ascertain continued eligibility to re-
                                                                                         ceive subcontracts pursuant to section 8(a);
                                                                                            (v) make a request for the initiation of termination or grad-
                                                                                         uation proceedings, as appropriate, to the Associate Adminis-
                                                                                         trator for Minority Small Business and Capital Ownership De-
                                                                                         velopment;
                                                                                            (vi) make recommendations to the Associate Administrator
                                                                                         for Minority Small Business and Capital Ownership Develop-
                                                                                         ment concerning protests from applicants that have been de-
                                                                                         nied program admission;
                                                                                            (vii) decide protests regarding the status of a concern as a
                                                                                         disadvantaged concern for purposes of any program or activity
                                                                                         conducted under the authority of subsection (d) of section 8, or
                                                                                         any other provision of Federal law that references such sub-
                                                                                         section for a definition of program eligibility; and
                                                                                            (viii) implement such policy directives as may be issued by
                                                                                         the Associate Administrator for Minority Small Business and




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                         Capital Ownership Development pursuant to subparagraph (I)
                                                                                         regarding, among other things, the geographic distribution of
                                                                                         concerns to be admitted to the program and the industrial
                                                                                         make-up of such concerns.




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00077   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        78

                                                                                       (G) An applicant shall not be denied admission into the program
                                                                                    established by paragraph (10) due solely to a determination by the
                                                                                    Division that specific contract opportunities are unavailable to as-
                                                                                    sist in the development of such concern unless—
                                                                                             (i) the Government has not previously procured and is un-
                                                                                          likely to procure the types of products or services offered by the
                                                                                          concern; or
                                                                                             (ii) the purchases of such products or services by the Federal
                                                                                          Government will not be in quantities sufficient to support the
                                                                                          developmental needs of the applicant and other Program Par-
                                                                                          ticipants providing the same or similar items or services.
                                                                                             (H) Not later than 90 days after receipt of a completed appli-
                                                                                          cation for Program certification, the Associate Administrator
                                                                                          for Minority Small Business and Capital Ownership Develop-
                                                                                          ment shall certify a small business concern as a Program Par-
                                                                                          ticipant or shall deny such application.
                                                                                       (I) Thirty days before the conclusion of each fiscal year, the Di-
                                                                                    rector of the Division shall review all concerns that have been ad-
                                                                                    mitted into the Program during the preceding 12-month period.
                                                                                    The review shall ascertain the number of entrants, their geo-
                                                                                    graphic distribution and industrial classification. The Director shall
                                                                                    also estimate the expected growth of the Program during the next
                                                                                    fiscal year and the number of additional Business Opportunity Spe-
                                                                                    cialists, if any, that will be needed to meet the anticipated demand
                                                                                    for the Program. The findings and conclusions of the Director shall
                                                                                    be reported to the Associate Administrator for Minority Small Busi-
                                                                                    ness and Capital Ownership Development by September 30 of each
                                                                                    year. Based on such report and such additional data as may be rel-
                                                                                    evant, the Associate Administrator shall, by October 31 of each
                                                                                    year, issue policy and program directives applicable to such fiscal
                                                                                    year that—
                                                                                             (i) establish priorities for the solicitation of program applica-
                                                                                          tions from underrepresented regions and industry categories;
                                                                                             (ii) assign staffing levels and allocate other program re-
                                                                                          sources as necessary to meet program needs; and
                                                                                             (iii) establish priorities in the processing and admission of
                                                                                          new Program Participants as may be necessary to achieve an
                                                                                          equitable geographic distribution of concerns and a distribution
                                                                                          of concerns across all industry categories in proportions needed
                                                                                          to increase significantly contract awards to small business con-
                                                                                          cerns owned and controlled by socially and economically dis-
                                                                                          advantaged individuals. When considering such increase the
                                                                                          Administration shall give due consideration to those industrial
                                                                                          categories where Federal purchases have been substantial but
                                                                                          where the participation rate of such concerns has been limited.
                                                                                       (12)(A) The Administration shall segment the Capital Ownership
                                                                                    Development Program into two stages: a developmental stage; and
                                                                                    a transitional stage.
                                                                                       (B) The developmental stage of program participation shall be
                                                                                    designed to assist the concern in its effort to overcome its economic
                                                                                    disadvantage by providing such assistance as may be necessary




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                    and appropriate to access its markets and to strengthen its finan-
                                                                                    cial and managerial skills.
                                                                                       (C) The transitional stage of program participation shall be de-
                                                                                    signed to overcome, insofar as practicable, the remaining elements




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00078   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        79

                                                                                    of economic disadvantage and to prepare such concern for gradua-
                                                                                    tion from the program.
                                                                                       (13) A Program Participant, if otherwise eligible, shall be quali-
                                                                                    fied to receive the following assistance during the stages of pro-
                                                                                    gram participation specified in paragraph 12:
                                                                                            (A) Contract support pursuant to section 8(a).
                                                                                            (B) Financial assistance pursuant to section 7(a)(20).
                                                                                            (C) A maximum of two exemptions from the requirements of
                                                                                         section 1(a) of the Act entitled ‘‘An Act providing conditions for
                                                                                         the purchase of supplies and the making of contracts by the
                                                                                         United States, and for other purposes’’, approved June 30,
                                                                                         1936 (49 Stat. 2036), which exemptions shall apply only to con-
                                                                                         tracts awarded pursuant to section (8)(a) and shall only be
                                                                                         used to allow for contingent agreements by a small business
                                                                                         concern to acquire the machinery, equipment, facilities, or
                                                                                         labor needed to perform such contracts. No exemption shall be
                                                                                         made pursuant to this subparagraph if the contract to which
                                                                                         it pertains has an anticipated value in excess of $10,000,000.
                                                                                         This subparagraph shall cease to be effective on October 1,
                                                                                         1992.
                                                                                            (D) A maximum of five exemptions from the requirements of
                                                                                         the Act entitled ‘‘An Act requiring contracts for the construc-
                                                                                         tion, alteration and repair of any public building or public work
                                                                                         of the United States to be accompanied by a performance bond
                                                                                         protecting the United States and by an additional bond for the
                                                                                         protection of persons furnishing material and labor for the con-
                                                                                         struction, alteration, or repair of said public buildings or public
                                                                                         works’’, approved August 24, 1935 (49 Stat. 793), which exemp-
                                                                                         tions shall apply only to contracts awarded pursuant to section
                                                                                         8(a), except that, such exemptions may be granted under this
                                                                                         subparagraph only if—
                                                                                                 (i) the Administration finds that such concern is unable
                                                                                              to obtain the requisite bond or bonds from a surety and
                                                                                              that no surety is willing to issue a bond subject to the
                                                                                              guarantee provision of title IV of the Small Business In-
                                                                                              vestment Act of 1958 (15 U.S.C. 692 et seq.);
                                                                                                 (ii) the Administration and the agency providing the con-
                                                                                              tracting opportunity have provided for the protection of
                                                                                              persons furnishing materials or labor to the Program Par-
                                                                                              ticipant by arranging for the direct disbursement of funds
                                                                                              due to such persons by the procuring agency or through
                                                                                              any bank the deposits of which are insured by the Federal
                                                                                              Deposit Insurance Corporation; and
                                                                                                 (iii) the contract to which it pertains does not exceed
                                                                                              $3,000,000 in amount. This subparagraph shall cease to be
                                                                                              effective on October 1, 1994.
                                                                                            (E) Financial assistance whereby the Administration may
                                                                                         purchase in whole or in part, and on behalf of such concerns,
                                                                                         skills training or upgrading for employees or potential employ-
                                                                                         ees of such concerns. Such assistance may be made without re-
                                                                                         gard to section 18(a). Assistance may be made by direct pay-




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                         ment to the training provider or by reimbursing the Program
                                                                                         Participant or the Participant’s employee, if such reimburse-
                                                                                         ment is found to be reasonable and appropriate. For purposes
                                                                                         of this subparagraph the term ‘‘training provider’’ shall mean




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00079   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        80

                                                                                           an institution of higher education, a community or vocational
                                                                                           college, or an institution eligible to provide skills training or
                                                                                           upgrading under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Op-
                                                                                           portunity Act. The Administration shall, in consultation with
                                                                                           the Secretary of Labor, promulgate rules and regulations to im-
                                                                                           plement this subparagraph that establish acceptable training
                                                                                           and upgrading performance standards and provide for such
                                                                                           monitoring or audit requirements as may be necessary to en-
                                                                                           sure the integrity of the training effort. No financial assistance
                                                                                           shall be granted under the subparagraph unless the Adminis-
                                                                                           trator determines that—
                                                                                                   (i) such concern has documented that it has first ex-
                                                                                                plored the use of existing cost-free or cost-subsidized train-
                                                                                                ing programs offered by public and private sector agencies
                                                                                                working with programs of employment and training and
                                                                                                economic development;
                                                                                                   (ii) no more than five employees or potential employees
                                                                                                of such concern are recipients of any benefits under this
                                                                                                subparagraph at any one time;
                                                                                                   (iii) no more than $2,500 shall be made available for any
                                                                                                one employee or potential employee;
                                                                                                   (iv) the length of training or upgrading financed by this
                                                                                                subparagraph shall be no less than one month nor more
                                                                                                than six months;
                                                                                                   (v) such concern has given adequate assurance it will
                                                                                                employ the trainee or upgraded employee for at least six
                                                                                                months after the training or upgrading financed by this
                                                                                                subparagraph has been completed and each trainee or up-
                                                                                                graded employee has provided a similar assurance to re-
                                                                                                main within the employ of such concern for such period; if
                                                                                                such concern, trainee, or upgraded employee breaches this
                                                                                                agreement, the Administration shall be entitled to and
                                                                                                shall make diligent efforts to obtain from the violating
                                                                                                party the repayment of all funds expended on behalf of the
                                                                                                violating party, such repayment shall be made to the Ad-
                                                                                                ministration together with such interest and costs of col-
                                                                                                lection as may be reasonable; the violating party shall be
                                                                                                barred from receiving any further assistance under this
                                                                                                subparagraph;
                                                                                                   (vi) the training to be financed may take place either at
                                                                                                such concern’s facilities or at those of the training pro-
                                                                                                vider; and
                                                                                                   (vii) such concern will maintain such records as the Ad-
                                                                                                ministration deems appropriate to ensure that the provi-
                                                                                                sions of this paragraph and any other applicable law have
                                                                                                not been violated.
                                                                                              (F)(i) The transfer of technology or surplus property owned
                                                                                           by the United States to such a concern. Activities designed to
                                                                                           effect such transfer shall be developed in cooperation with the
                                                                                           heads of Federal agencies and shall include the transfer by
                                                                                           grant, license, or sale of such technology or property to such a




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                           concern. Such property may be transferred to Program Partici-
                                                                                           pants on a priority basis. Technology or property transferred
                                                                                           under this subparagraph shall be used by the concern during
                                                                                           the normal conduct of its business operation and shall not be




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00080   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        81

                                                                                           sold or transferred to any other party (other than the Govern-
                                                                                           ment) during such concern’s term of participation in the Pro-
                                                                                           gram and for one year thereafter.
                                                                                                    (ii)(I) In this clause—
                                                                                                          (aa) the term ‘‘covered period’’ means the 2-year pe-
                                                                                                       riod beginning on the date on which the President de-
                                                                                                       clared the applicable major disaster; and
                                                                                                          (bb) the term ‘‘disaster area’’ means the area for
                                                                                                       which the President has declared a major disaster,
                                                                                                       during the covered period.
                                                                                                    (II) The Administrator may transfer technology or sur-
                                                                                                 plus property under clause (i) on a priority basis to a small
                                                                                                 business concern located in a disaster area if—
                                                                                                          (aa) the small business concern meets the require-
                                                                                                       ments for such a transfer, without regard to whether
                                                                                                       the small business concern is a Program Participant;
                                                                                                       and
                                                                                                          (bb) for a small business concern that is a Program
                                                                                                       Participant, on and after the date on which the Presi-
                                                                                                       dent declared the applicable major disaster, the small
                                                                                                       business concern has not received property under this
                                                                                                       subparagraph on the basis of the status of the small
                                                                                                       business concern as a Program Participant.
                                                                                                    (III) For any transfer of property under this clause to a
                                                                                                 small business concern, the terms and conditions shall be
                                                                                                 the same as a transfer to a Program Participant, except
                                                                                                 that the small business concern shall agree not to sell or
                                                                                                 transfer the property to any party other than the Federal
                                                                                                 Government during the covered period.
                                                                                                    (IV) A small business concern that receives a transfer of
                                                                                                 property under this clause may not receive a transfer of
                                                                                                 property under clause (i) during the covered period.
                                                                                                    (V) If a small business concern sells or transfers prop-
                                                                                                 erty in violation of the agreement described in subclause
                                                                                                 (III), the Administrator may initiate proceedings to pro-
                                                                                                 hibit the small business concern from receiving a transfer
                                                                                                 of property under this clause or clause (i), in addition to
                                                                                                 any other remedy available to the Administrator.
                                                                                              (iii)(I) In this clause, the term ‘‘covered period’’means—
                                                                                                          (aa) in the case of a Puerto Rico business, the period
                                                                                                       beginning on August 13, 2018, and ending on the date
                                                                                                       on which the Oversight Board established under sec-
                                                                                                       tion 2121 of title 48 terminates; and
                                                                                                          (bb) in the case of a covered territory business, the
                                                                                                       period beginning on the date of the enactment of this
                                                                                                       item and ending on the date that is 4 years after such
                                                                                                       date of enactment.
                                                                                              (II) The Administrator may transfer technology or surplus
                                                                                           property under clause (i) to a Puerto Rico business or a covered
                                                                                           territory business if either such business meets the require-
                                                                                           ments for such a transfer, without regard to whether either




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                           such business is a Program Participant.
                                                                                              (G) Training assistance whereby the Administration shall
                                                                                           conduct training sessions to assist individuals and enterprises
                                                                                           eligible to receive contracts under section 8(a) in the develop-




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00081   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        82

                                                                                         ment of business principles and strategies to enhance their
                                                                                         ability to successfully compete for contracts in the marketplace.
                                                                                            (H) Joint ventures, leader-follower arrangements, and
                                                                                         teaming agreements between the Program Participant and
                                                                                         other Program Participants and other business concerns with
                                                                                         respect to contracting opportunities for the research, develop-
                                                                                         ment, full-scale engineering or production of major systems.
                                                                                         Such activities shall be undertaken on the basis of programs
                                                                                         developed by the agency responsible for the procurement of the
                                                                                         major system, with the assistance of the Administration.
                                                                                            (I) Transitional management business planning training and
                                                                                         technical assistance.
                                                                                            (J) Program Participants in the developmental stage of Pro-
                                                                                         gram participation shall be eligible for the assistance provided
                                                                                         by subparagraphs (A), (B), (C), (D), (E), (F), and (G).
                                                                                      (14) Program Participants in the transitional stage of Program
                                                                                    participation shall be eligible for the assistance provided by sub-
                                                                                    paragraphs (A), (B), (F), (G), (H), and (I) of paragraph (13).
                                                                                      (15) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (10)(C), a small busi-
                                                                                    ness concern may receive developmental assistance under the Pro-
                                                                                    gram and contracts under section 8(a) for a total period of not
                                                                                    longer than nine years, measured from the date of its certification
                                                                                    under the authority of such section, of which—
                                                                                            (A) no more than four years may be spent in the develop-
                                                                                         mental stage of Program Participation; and
                                                                                            (B) no more than five years may be spent in the transitional
                                                                                         stage of Program Participation.
                                                                                      (16)(A) The Administrator shall develop and implement a process
                                                                                    for the systematic collection of data on the operations of the Pro-
                                                                                    gram established pursuant to paragraph (10).
                                                                                      (B) Not later than April 30 of each year, the Administrator shall
                                                                                    submit a report to the Congress on the Program that shall include
                                                                                    the following:
                                                                                            (i) The average personal net worth of individuals who own
                                                                                         and control concerns that were initially certified for participa-
                                                                                         tion in the Program during the immediately preceding fiscal
                                                                                         year. The Administrator shall also indicate the dollar distribu-
                                                                                         tion of net worths, at $50,000 increments, of all such individ-
                                                                                         uals found to be socially and economically disadvantaged. For
                                                                                         the first report required pursuant to this paragraph the Ad-
                                                                                         ministrator shall also provide the data specified in the pre-
                                                                                         ceding sentence for all eligible individuals in the Program as
                                                                                         of the effective date of this paragraph.
                                                                                            (ii) A description and estimate of the benefits and costs that
                                                                                         have accrued to the economy and the Government in the imme-
                                                                                         diately preceding fiscal year due to the operations of those
                                                                                         business concerns that were performing contracts awarded
                                                                                         pursuant to section 8(a).
                                                                                            (iii) A compilation and evaluation of those business concerns
                                                                                         that have exited the Program during the immediately pre-
                                                                                         ceding three fiscal years. Such compilation and evaluation




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                         shall detail the number of concerns actively engaged in busi-
                                                                                         ness operations, those that have ceased or substantially cur-
                                                                                         tailed such operations, including the reasons for such actions,
                                                                                         and those concerns that have been acquired by other firms or




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00082   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        83

                                                                                         organizations owned and controlled by other than socially and
                                                                                         economically disadvantaged individuals. For those businesses
                                                                                         that have continued operations after they exited from the Pro-
                                                                                         gram, the Administrator shall also separately detail the bene-
                                                                                         fits and costs that have accrued to the economy during the im-
                                                                                         mediately preceding fiscal year due to the operations of such
                                                                                         concerns.
                                                                                            (iv) A listing of all participants in the Program during the
                                                                                         preceding fiscal year identifying, by State and by Region, for
                                                                                         each firm: the name of the concern, the race or ethnicity, and
                                                                                         gender of the disadvantaged owners, the dollar value of all con-
                                                                                         tracts received in the preceding year, the dollar amount of ad-
                                                                                         vance payments received by each concern pursuant to contracts
                                                                                         awarded under section 8(a), and a description including (if ap-
                                                                                         propriate) an estimate of the dollar value of all benefits re-
                                                                                         ceived pursuant to paragraphs (13) and (14) and section
                                                                                         7(a)(20) during such year.
                                                                                            (v) The total dollar value of contracts and options awarded
                                                                                         during the preceding fiscal year pursuant to section 8(a) and
                                                                                         such amount expressed as a percentage of total sales of (I) all
                                                                                         firms participating in the Program during such year; and (II)
                                                                                         of firms in each of the nine years of program participation.
                                                                                            (vi) A description of such additional resources or program au-
                                                                                         thorities as may be required to provide the types of services
                                                                                         needed over the next two-year period to service the expected
                                                                                         portfolio of firms certified pursuant to section 8(a).
                                                                                            (vii) The total dollar value of contracts and options awarded
                                                                                         pursuant to section 8(a), at such dollar increments as the Ad-
                                                                                         ministrator deems appropriate, for each four digit standard in-
                                                                                         dustrial classification code under which such contracts and op-
                                                                                         tions were classified.
                                                                                      (C) The first report required by subparagraph (B) shall pertain
                                                                                    to fiscal year 1990.
                                                                                      (k) In carrying out its functions under subsections 7(i), 7(j), and
                                                                                    8(a) of this Act, the Administration is authorized—
                                                                                            (1) to utilize, with their consent, the services and facilities of
                                                                                         Federal agencies without reimbursement, and, with the con-
                                                                                         sent of any State or political subdivision of a State, accept and
                                                                                         utilize the services and facilities of such State or subdivision
                                                                                         without reimbursement;
                                                                                            (2) to accept, in the name of the Administration, and employ
                                                                                         or dispose of in furtherance of the purposes of this Act, any
                                                                                         money or property, real, personal, or mixed, tangible, or intan-
                                                                                         gible, received by gift, device, bequest, or otherwise;
                                                                                            (3) to accept voluntary and uncompensated services, notwith-
                                                                                         standing the provisions of section 3679(b) of the Revised Stat-
                                                                                         utes (31 U.S.C. 655(b)); and
                                                                                            (4) to employ experts and consultants or organizations there-
                                                                                         of as authorized by section 15 of the Administrative Expenses
                                                                                         Act of 1946 (5 U.S.C. 55a), except that no individual may be
                                                                                         employed under the authority of this subsection for more than




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                         one hundred days in any fiscal year; to compensate individuals
                                                                                         so employed at rates not in excess of the daily equivalent of the
                                                                                         highest rate payable under section 5332 of title 5, United
                                                                                         States Code, including traveltime; and to allow them, while




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00083   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        84

                                                                                            away from their homes or regular places of business, travel ex-
                                                                                            penses (including per diem in lieu of subsistence) a authorized
                                                                                            by section 5 of such Act (5 U.S.C. 73b–2) for persons in the
                                                                                            Government service employed intermittently, while so em-
                                                                                            ployed: Provided, however, That contracts for such employment
                                                                                            may be renewed annually.
                                                                                         (l) SMALL BUSINESS INTERMEDIARY LENDING PILOT PROGRAM.—
                                                                                              (1) DEFINITIONS.—In this subsection—
                                                                                                   (A) the term ‘‘eligible intermediary’’—
                                                                                                        (i) means a private, nonprofit entity that—
                                                                                                              (I) seeks or has been awarded a loan from the
                                                                                                           Administrator to make loans to small business
                                                                                                           concerns under this subsection; and
                                                                                                              (II) has not less than 1 year of experience mak-
                                                                                                           ing loans to startup, newly established, or growing
                                                                                                           small business concerns; and
                                                                                                        (ii) includes—
                                                                                                              (I) a private, nonprofit community development
                                                                                                           corporation;
                                                                                                              (II) a consortium of private, nonprofit organiza-
                                                                                                           tions or nonprofit community development cor-
                                                                                                           porations; and
                                                                                                              (III) an agency of or nonprofit entity established
                                                                                                           by a Native American Tribal Government; and
                                                                                                   (B) the term ‘‘Program’’ means the small business inter-
                                                                                                mediary lending pilot program established under para-
                                                                                                graph (2).
                                                                                              (2) ESTABLISHMENT.—There is established a 3-year small
                                                                                            business intermediary lending pilot program, under which the
                                                                                            Administrator may make direct loans to eligible inter-
                                                                                            mediaries, for the purpose of making loans to startup, newly
                                                                                            established, and growing small business concerns.
                                                                                              (3) PURPOSES.—The purposes of the Program are—
                                                                                                   (A) to assist small business concerns in areas suffering
                                                                                                from a lack of credit due to poor economic conditions or
                                                                                                changes in the financial market; and
                                                                                                   (B) to establish a loan program under which the Admin-
                                                                                                istrator may provide loans to eligible intermediaries to en-
                                                                                                able the eligible intermediaries to provide loans to startup,
                                                                                                newly established, and growing small business concerns
                                                                                                for working capital, real estate, or the acquisition of mate-
                                                                                                rials, supplies, or equipment.
                                                                                              (4) LOANS TO ELIGIBLE INTERMEDIARIES.—
                                                                                                   (A) APPLICATION.—Each eligible intermediary desiring a
                                                                                                loan under this subsection shall submit an application to
                                                                                                the Administrator that describes—
                                                                                                        (i) the type of small business concerns to be assisted;
                                                                                                        (ii) the size and range of loans to be made;
                                                                                                        (iii) the interest rate and terms of loans to be made;
                                                                                                        (iv) the geographic area to be served and the eco-
                                                                                                     nomic, poverty, and unemployment characteristics of




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                     the area;
                                                                                                        (v) the status of small business concerns in the area
                                                                                                     to be served and an analysis of the availability of cred-
                                                                                                     it; and




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00084   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        85

                                                                                                       (vi) the qualifications of the applicant to carry out
                                                                                                    this subsection.
                                                                                                  (B) LOAN LIMITS.—No loan may be made to an eligible
                                                                                               intermediary under this subsection if the total amount out-
                                                                                               standing and committed to the eligible intermediary by the
                                                                                               Administrator would, as a result of such loan, exceed
                                                                                               $1,000,000 during the participation of the eligible inter-
                                                                                               mediary in the Program.
                                                                                                  (C) LOAN DURATION.—Loans made by the Administrator
                                                                                               under this subsection shall be for a term of 20 years.
                                                                                                  (D) APPLICABLE INTEREST RATES.—Loans made by the
                                                                                               Administrator to an eligible intermediary under the Pro-
                                                                                               gram shall bear an annual interest rate equal to 1.00 per-
                                                                                               cent.
                                                                                                  (E) FEES; COLLATERAL.—The Administrator may not
                                                                                               charge any fees or require collateral with respect to any
                                                                                               loan made to an eligible intermediary under this sub-
                                                                                               section.
                                                                                                  (F) DELAYED PAYMENTS.—The Administrator shall not
                                                                                               require the repayment of principal or interest on a loan
                                                                                               made to an eligible intermediary under the Program dur-
                                                                                               ing the 2-year period beginning on the date of the initial
                                                                                               disbursement of funds under that loan.
                                                                                                  (G) MAXIMUM PARTICIPANTS AND AMOUNTS.—During each
                                                                                               of fiscal years 2011, 2012, and 2013, the Administrator
                                                                                               may make loans under the Program—
                                                                                                       (i) to not more than 20 eligible intermediaries; and
                                                                                                       (ii) in a total amount of not more than $20,000,000.
                                                                                             (5) LOANS TO SMALL BUSINESS CONCERNS.—
                                                                                                  (A) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator, through an eligible
                                                                                               intermediary, shall make loans to startup, newly estab-
                                                                                               lished, and growing small business concerns for working
                                                                                               capital, real estate, and the acquisition of materials, sup-
                                                                                               plies, furniture, fixtures, and equipment.
                                                                                                  (B) MAXIMUM LOAN.—An eligible intermediary may not
                                                                                               make a loan under this subsection of more than $200,000
                                                                                               to any 1 small business concern.
                                                                                                  (C) APPLICABLE INTEREST RATES.—A loan made by an eli-
                                                                                               gible intermediary to a small business concern under this
                                                                                               subsection, may have a fixed or a variable interest rate,
                                                                                               and shall bear an interest rate specified by the eligible
                                                                                               intermediary in the application of the eligible intermediary
                                                                                               for a loan under this subsection.
                                                                                                  (D) REVIEW RESTRICTIONS.—The Administrator may not
                                                                                               review individual loans made by an eligible intermediary
                                                                                               to a small business concern before approval of the loan by
                                                                                               the eligible intermediary.
                                                                                             (6) TERMINATION.—The authority of the Administrator to
                                                                                           make loans under the Program shall terminate 3 years after
                                                                                           the date of enactment of the Small Business Job Creation and




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                           Access to Capital Act of 2010.
                                                                                         (m) MICROLOAN PROGRAM.—
                                                                                             (1)(A) PURPOSES.—The purposes of the Microloan Program
                                                                                           are—




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00085   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        86

                                                                                                 (i) to assist women, low-income, veteran (within the
                                                                                               meaning of such term under section 3(q)), and minority en-
                                                                                               trepreneurs and business owners and other individuals
                                                                                               possessing the capability to operate successful business
                                                                                               concerns;
                                                                                                 (ii) to assist small business concerns in those areas suf-
                                                                                               fering from a lack of credit due to economic downturns;
                                                                                                 (iii) to establish a microloan program to be administered
                                                                                               by the Small Business Administration—
                                                                                                       (I) to make loans to eligible intermediaries to enable
                                                                                                    such intermediaries to provide small-scale loans, par-
                                                                                                    ticularly loans in amounts averaging not more than
                                                                                                    $10,000, to startup, newly established, or growing
                                                                                                    small business concerns for working capital or the ac-
                                                                                                    quisition of materials, supplies, or equipment;
                                                                                                       (II) to make grants to eligible intermediaries that,
                                                                                                    together with non-Federal matching funds, will enable
                                                                                                    such intermediaries to provide intensive marketing,
                                                                                                    management, and technical assistance to microloan
                                                                                                    borrowers;
                                                                                                       (III) to make grants to eligible nonprofit entities
                                                                                                    that, together with non-Federal matching funds, will
                                                                                                    enable such entities to provide intensive marketing,
                                                                                                    management, and technical assistance to assist low-in-
                                                                                                    come entrepreneurs and other low-income individuals
                                                                                                    obtain private sector financing for their businesses,
                                                                                                    with or without loan guarantees; and
                                                                                                       (IV) to report to the Committees on Small Business
                                                                                                    of the Senate and the House of Representatives on the
                                                                                                    effectiveness of the microloan program and the advis-
                                                                                                    ability and feasibility of implementing such a program
                                                                                                    nationwide; and
                                                                                                 (iv) to establish a welfare-to-work microloan initiative,
                                                                                               which shall be administered by the Administration, in
                                                                                               order to test the feasibility of supplementing the technical
                                                                                               assistance grants provided under clauses (ii) and (iii) of
                                                                                               subparagraph (B) to individuals who are receiving assist-
                                                                                               ance under the State program funded under part A of title
                                                                                               IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601 et seq.), or
                                                                                               under any comparable State funded means tested program
                                                                                               of assistance for low-income individuals, in order to ade-
                                                                                               quately assist those individuals in—
                                                                                                       (I) establishing small businesses; and
                                                                                                       (II) eliminating their dependence on that assistance.
                                                                                             (B) ESTABLISHMENT.—There is established a microloan pro-
                                                                                           gram, under which the Administration may—
                                                                                                 (i) make direct loans to eligible intermediaries, as pro-
                                                                                               vided under paragraph (3), for the purpose of making
                                                                                               short-term, fixed interest rate microloans to startup, newly
                                                                                               established, and growing small business concerns under
                                                                                               paragraph (6);




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                 (ii) in conjunction with such loans and subject to the re-
                                                                                               quirements of paragraph (4), make grants to such inter-
                                                                                               mediaries for the purpose of providing intensive mar-
                                                                                               keting, management, and technical assistance to small




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00086   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        87

                                                                                                business concerns that are borrowers under this sub-
                                                                                                section; and
                                                                                                   (iii) subject to the requirements of paragraph (5), make
                                                                                                grants to nonprofit entities for the purpose of providing
                                                                                                marketing, management, and technical assistance to low-
                                                                                                income individuals seeking to start or enlarge their own
                                                                                                businesses, if such assistance includes working with the
                                                                                                grant recipient to secure loans in amounts not to exceed
                                                                                                $50,000 from private sector lending institutions, with or
                                                                                                without a loan guarantee from the nonprofit entity.
                                                                                             (2) ELIGIBILITY FOR PARTICIPATION.—An intermediary shall
                                                                                           be eligible to receive loans and grants under subparagraphs
                                                                                           (B)(i) and (B)(ii) of paragraph (1) if it—
                                                                                                   (A) meets the definition in paragraph (10); and
                                                                                                   (B) has at least 1 year of experience making microloans
                                                                                                to startup, newly established, or growing small business
                                                                                                concerns and providing, as an integral part of its microloan
                                                                                                program, intensive marketing, management, and technical
                                                                                                assistance to its borrowers.
                                                                                             (3) LOANS TO INTERMEDIARIES.—
                                                                                                   (A) INTERMEDIARY APPLICATIONS.—(i) IN GENERAL.—As
                                                                                                part of its application for a loan, each intermediary shall
                                                                                                submit a description to the Administration of—
                                                                                                         (I) the type of businesses to be assisted;
                                                                                                         (II) the size and range of loans to be made;
                                                                                                         (III) the geographic area to be served and its eco-
                                                                                                      nomic, proverty, and unemployment characteristics;
                                                                                                         (IV) the status of small business concerns in the
                                                                                                      area to be served and an analysis of their credit and
                                                                                                      technical assistance needs;
                                                                                                         (V) any marketing, management, and technical as-
                                                                                                      sistance to be provided in connection with a loan made
                                                                                                      under this subsection;
                                                                                                         (VI) the local economic credit markets, including the
                                                                                                      costs associated with obtaining credit locally;
                                                                                                         (VII) the qualifications of the applicant to carry out
                                                                                                      the purpose of this subsection; and
                                                                                                         (VIII) any plan to involve other technical assistance
                                                                                                      providers (such as counselors from the Service Corps
                                                                                                      of Retired Executives or small business development
                                                                                                      centers) or private sector lenders in assisting selected
                                                                                                      business concerns.
                                                                                                   (ii) SELECTION OF INTERMEDIARIES.—In selecting inter-
                                                                                                mediaries to participate in the program established under
                                                                                                this subsection, the Administration shall give priority to
                                                                                                those applicants that provide loans in amounts averaging
                                                                                                not more than $10,000.
                                                                                                   (B) INTERMEDIARY CONTRIBUTION.—As a condition of any
                                                                                                loan made to an intermediary under subparagraph (B)(i) of
                                                                                                paragraph (1), the Administrator shall require the inter-
                                                                                                mediary to contribute not less than 15 percent of the loan




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                amount in cash from non-Federal sources.
                                                                                                   (C) LOAN LIMITS.—Notwithstanding subsection (a)(3), no
                                                                                                loan shall be made under this subsection if the total
                                                                                                amount outstanding and committed to one intermediary




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00087   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        88

                                                                                                 (excluding outstanding grants) from the business loan and
                                                                                                 investment fund established by this Act would, as a result
                                                                                                 of such loan, exceed $750,000 in the first year of such
                                                                                                 intermediary’s participation in the program, $7,000,000 (in
                                                                                                 the aggregate) in the remaining years of the
                                                                                                 intermediary’s participation in the program, and
                                                                                                 $3,000,000 in any of those remaining years.
                                                                                                    (D)(i) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator shall, by regula-
                                                                                                 tion, require each intermediary to establish a loan loss re-
                                                                                                 serve fund, and to maintain such reserve fund until all ob-
                                                                                                 ligations owed to the Administration under this subsection
                                                                                                 are repaid.
                                                                                                    (ii) LEVEL OF LOAN LOSS RESERVE FUND.—
                                                                                                          (I) IN GENERAL.—Subject to subclause (III), the Ad-
                                                                                                       ministrator shall require the loan loss reserve fund of
                                                                                                       an intermediary to be maintained at a level equal to
                                                                                                       15 percent of the outstanding balance of the notes re-
                                                                                                       ceivable owed to the intermediary.
                                                                                                          (II) REVIEW OF LOAN LOSS RESERVE.—After the ini-
                                                                                                       tial 5 years of an intermediary’s participation in the
                                                                                                       program authorized by this subsection, the Adminis-
                                                                                                       trator shall, at the request of the intermediary, con-
                                                                                                       duct a review of the annual loss rate of the inter-
                                                                                                       mediary. Any intermediary in operation under this
                                                                                                       subsection prior to October 1, 1994, that requests a re-
                                                                                                       duction in its loan loss reserve shall be reviewed based
                                                                                                       on the most recent 5-year period preceding the re-
                                                                                                       quest.
                                                                                                          (III) REDUCTION OF LOAN LOSS RESERVE.—Subject to
                                                                                                       the requirements of clause IV, the Administrator may
                                                                                                       reduce the annual loan loss reserve requirement of an
                                                                                                       intermediary to reflect the actual average loan loss
                                                                                                       rate for the intermediary during the preceding 5-year
                                                                                                       period, except that in no case shall the loan loss re-
                                                                                                       serve be reduced to less than 10 percent of the out-
                                                                                                       standing balance of the notes receivable owed to the
                                                                                                       intermediary.
                                                                                                          (IV) REQUIREMENTS.—The Administrator may re-
                                                                                                       duce the annual loan loss reserve requirement of an
                                                                                                       intermediary only if the intermediary demonstrates to
                                                                                                       the satisfaction of the Administrator that—
                                                                                                                (aa) the average annual loss rate for the inter-
                                                                                                             mediary during the preceding 5-year period is less
                                                                                                             than 15 percent; and
                                                                                                                (bb) that no other factors exist that may impair
                                                                                                             the ability of the intermediary to repay all obliga-
                                                                                                             tions owed to the Administration under this sub-
                                                                                                             section.
                                                                                                    (E) UNAVAILABILITY OF COMPARABLE CREDIT.—An inter-
                                                                                                 mediary may make a loan under this subsection of more
                                                                                                 than $20,000 to a small business concern only if such




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                 small business concern demonstrates that it is unable to
                                                                                                 obtain credit elsewhere at comparable interest rates and
                                                                                                 that it has good prospects for success. In no case shall an
                                                                                                 intermediary make a loan under this subsection of more




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00088   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        89

                                                                                               than $50,000, or have outstanding or committed to any 1
                                                                                               borrower more than $50,000.
                                                                                                 (F) LOAN DURATION; INTEREST RATES.—
                                                                                                      (i) LOAN DURATION.—Loans made by the Adminis-
                                                                                                   tration under this subsection shall be for a term of 10
                                                                                                   years.
                                                                                                      (ii) APPLICABLE INTEREST RATES.—Except as pro-
                                                                                                   vided in clause (iii), loans made by the Administration
                                                                                                   under this subsection to an intermediary shall bear an
                                                                                                   interest rate equal to 1.25 percentage points below the
                                                                                                   rate determined by the Secretary of the Treasury for
                                                                                                   obligations of the United States with a period of matu-
                                                                                                   rity of 5 years, adjusted to the nearest one-eighth of
                                                                                                   1 percent.
                                                                                                      (iii) RATES APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN SMALL LOANS.—
                                                                                                   Loans made by the Administration to an intermediary
                                                                                                   that makes loans to small business concerns and en-
                                                                                                   trepreneurs averaging not more than $7,500, shall
                                                                                                   bear an interest rate that is 2 percentage points below
                                                                                                   the rate determined by the Secretary of the Treasury
                                                                                                   for obligations of the United States with a period of
                                                                                                   maturity of 5 years, adjusted to the nearest one-eighth
                                                                                                   of 1 percent.
                                                                                                      (iv) RATES APPLICABLE TO MULTIPLE SITES OR OF-
                                                                                                   FICES.—The interest rate prescribed in clause (ii) or
                                                                                                   (iii) shall apply to each separate loan-making site or
                                                                                                   office of 1 intermediary only if such site or office meets
                                                                                                   the requirements of that clause.
                                                                                                      (v) RATE BASIS.—The applicable rate of interest
                                                                                                   under this paragraph shall—
                                                                                                            (I) be applied retroactively for the first year of
                                                                                                         an intermediary’s participation in the program,
                                                                                                         based upon the actual lending practices of the
                                                                                                         intermediary as determined by the Administration
                                                                                                         prior to the end of such year; and
                                                                                                            (II) be based in the second and subsequent
                                                                                                         years of an intermediary’s participation in the
                                                                                                         program, upon the actual lending practices of the
                                                                                                         intermediary      during    the    term     of    the
                                                                                                         intermediary’s participation in the program.
                                                                                                      (vii) COVERED INTERMEDIARIES.—The interest rates
                                                                                                   prescribed in this subparagraph shall apply to all
                                                                                                   loans made to intermediaries under this subsection on
                                                                                                   or after October 28, 1991.
                                                                                                 (G) DELAYED PAYMENTS.—The Administration shall not
                                                                                               require repayment of interest or principal of a loan made
                                                                                               to an intermediary under this subsection during the first
                                                                                               year of the loan.
                                                                                                 (H) FEES; COLLATERAL.—Except as provided in subpara-
                                                                                               graphs (B) and (D), the Administration shall not charge
                                                                                               any fees or require collateral other than an assignment of




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                               the notes receivable of the microloans with respect to any
                                                                                               loan made to an intermediary under this subsection.
                                                                                             (4) MARKETING, MANAGEMENT AND TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
                                                                                           GRANTS TO INTERMEDIARIES.—Grants made in accordance with




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00089   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        90

                                                                                           subparagraph (B)(ii) of paragraph (1) shall be subject to the
                                                                                           following requirements:
                                                                                                   (A) GRANT AMOUNTS.—Except as otherwise provided in
                                                                                                subparagraphs (C) and (G) and subject to subparagraph
                                                                                                (B), each intermediary that receives a loan under subpara-
                                                                                                graph (B)(i) of paragraph (1) shall be eligible to receive a
                                                                                                grant to provide marketing, management, and technical
                                                                                                assistance to small business concerns that are borrowers
                                                                                                under this subsection. Except as provided in subpara-
                                                                                                graphs (C) and (G), each intermediary meeting the require-
                                                                                                ments of subparagraph (B) may receive a grant of not
                                                                                                more than 25 percent of the total outstanding balance of
                                                                                                loans made to it under this subsection.
                                                                                                   (B) CONTRIBUTION.—As a condition of a grant made
                                                                                                under subparagraph (A), the Administrator shall require
                                                                                                the intermediary to contribute an amount equal to 25 per-
                                                                                                cent of the amount of the grant, obtained solely from non-
                                                                                                Federal sources. In addition to cash or other direct fund-
                                                                                                ing, the contribution may include indirect costs or in-kind
                                                                                                contributions paid for under non-Federal programs.
                                                                                                   (C) ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE GRANTS FOR MAK-
                                                                                                ING CERTAIN LOANS.—
                                                                                                        (i) IN GENERAL.—In addition to grants made under
                                                                                                     subparagraph (A) or (G), each intermediary shall be
                                                                                                     eligible to receive a grant equal to 5 percent of the
                                                                                                     total outstanding balance of loans made to the inter-
                                                                                                     mediary under this subsection if—
                                                                                                              (I) the intermediary provides not less than 25
                                                                                                           percent of its loans to small business concerns lo-
                                                                                                           cated in or owned by 1 or more residents of an
                                                                                                           economically distressed area; or
                                                                                                              (II) the intermediary has a portfolio of loans
                                                                                                           made under this subsection—
                                                                                                                    (aa) that averages not more than $10,000
                                                                                                                 during the period of the intermediary’s par-
                                                                                                                 ticipation in the program; or
                                                                                                                    (bb) of which not less than 25 percent is
                                                                                                                 serving rural areas during the period of the
                                                                                                                 intermediary’s participation in the program.
                                                                                                        (ii) PURPOSES.—A grant awarded under clause (i)
                                                                                                     may be used to provide marketing, management, and
                                                                                                     technical assistance to small business concerns that
                                                                                                     are borrowers under this subsection.
                                                                                                        (iii) CONTRIBUTION EXCEPTION.—The contribution re-
                                                                                                     quirements in subparagraph (B) do not apply to grants
                                                                                                     made under this subparagraph.
                                                                                                   (D) ELIGIBILITY FOR MULTIPLE SITES OR OFFICES.—The
                                                                                                eligibility for a grant described in subparagraph (A), or (C)
                                                                                                shall be determined separately for each loan-making site
                                                                                                or office of 1 intermediary.
                                                                                                   (E) ASSISTANCE TO CERTAIN SMALL BUSINESS CON-




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                CERNS.—
                                                                                                        (i) IN GENERAL.—Each intermediary may expend an
                                                                                                     amount not to exceed 50 percent of the grant funds re-
                                                                                                     ceived under paragraph (1)(B)(ii) to provide informa-




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00090   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        91

                                                                                                        tion and technical assistance to small business con-
                                                                                                        cerns that are prospective borrowers under this sub-
                                                                                                        section.
                                                                                                           (ii) TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.—An intermediary may
                                                                                                        expend not more than 50 percent of the funds received
                                                                                                        under paragraph (1)(B)(ii) to enter into third party
                                                                                                        contracts for the provision of technical assistance.
                                                                                                      (F) SUPPLEMENTAL GRANT.—
                                                                                                           (i) IN GENERAL.—The Administration may accept
                                                                                                        any funds transferred to the Administration from
                                                                                                        other departments or agencies of the Federal Govern-
                                                                                                        ment to make grants in accordance with this subpara-
                                                                                                        graph and section 202(b) of the Small Business Reau-
                                                                                                        thorization Act of 1997 to participating intermediaries
                                                                                                        and technical assistance providers under paragraph
                                                                                                        (5), for use in accordance with clause (iii) to provide
                                                                                                        additional technical assistance and related services to
                                                                                                        recipients of assistance under a State program de-
                                                                                                        scribed in paragraph (1)(A)(iv) at the time they ini-
                                                                                                        tially apply for assistance under this subparagraph.
                                                                                                           (ii) ELIGIBLE RECIPIENTS; GRANT AMOUNTS.—In mak-
                                                                                                        ing grants under this subparagraph, the Administra-
                                                                                                        tion may select, from among participating inter-
                                                                                                        mediaries and technical assistance providers described
                                                                                                        in clause (i), not more than 20 grantees in fiscal year
                                                                                                        1998, not more than 25 grantees in fiscal year 1999,
                                                                                                        and not more than 30 grantees in fiscal year 2000,
                                                                                                        each of whom may receive a grant under this subpara-
                                                                                                        graph in an amount not to exceed $200,000 per year.
                                                                                                           (iii) USE OF GRANT AMOUNTS.—Grants under this
                                                                                                        subparagraph—
                                                                                                                 (I) are in addition to other grants provided
                                                                                                              under this subsection and shall not require the
                                                                                                              contribution of matching amounts as a condition
                                                                                                              of eligibility; and
                                                                                                                 (II) may be used by a grantee—
                                                                                                                      (aa) to pay or reimburse a portion of child
                                                                                                                    care and transportation costs of recipients of
                                                                                                                    assistance described in clause (i), to the ex-
                                                                                                                    tent such costs are not otherwise paid by
                                                                                                                    State block grants under the Child Care De-
                                                                                                                    velopment Block Grant Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                                                    9858 et seq.) or under part A of title IV of the
                                                                                                                    Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601 et seq.);
                                                                                                                    and
                                                                                                                      (bb) for marketing, management, and tech-
                                                                                                                    nical assistance to recipients of assistance de-
                                                                                                                    scribed in clause (i).
                                                                                                           (iv) MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING.—Prior to ac-
                                                                                                        cepting any transfer of funds under clause (i) from a




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                        department or agency of the Federal Government, the
                                                                                                        Administration shall enter into a Memorandum of Un-
                                                                                                        derstanding with the department or agency, which
                                                                                                        shall—




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00091   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        92

                                                                                                             (I) specify the terms and conditions of the
                                                                                                           grants under this subparagraph; and
                                                                                                             (II) provide for appropriate monitoring of ex-
                                                                                                           penditures by each grantee under this subpara-
                                                                                                           graph and each recipient of assistance described
                                                                                                           in clause (i) who receives assistance from a grant-
                                                                                                           ee under this subparagraph, in order to ensure
                                                                                                           compliance with this subparagraph by those
                                                                                                           grantees and recipients of assistance.
                                                                                                   (G) GRANT AMOUNTS BASED ON APPROPRIATIONS.—In any
                                                                                                fiscal year in which the amount appropriated to make
                                                                                                grants under subparagraph (A) is sufficient to provide to
                                                                                                each intermediary that receives a loan under paragraph
                                                                                                (1)(B)(i) a grant of not less than 25 percent of the total out-
                                                                                                standing balance of loans made to the intermediary under
                                                                                                this subsection, the Administration shall make a grant
                                                                                                under subparagraph (A) to each intermediary of not less
                                                                                                than 25 percent and not more than 30 percent of that total
                                                                                                outstanding balance for the intermediary.
                                                                                             (5) PRIVATE SECTOR BORROWING TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
                                                                                           GRANTS.—Grants made in accordance with subparagraph
                                                                                           (B)(iii) of paragraph (1) shall be subject to the following re-
                                                                                           quirements:
                                                                                                   (A) GRANT AMOUNTS.—Subject to the requirements of
                                                                                                subparagraph (B), the Administration may make not more
                                                                                                than 55 grants annually, each in amounts not to exceed
                                                                                                $200,000 for the purposes specified in subparagraph
                                                                                                (B)(iii) of paragraph (1).
                                                                                                   (B) CONTRIBUTION.—As a condition of any grant made
                                                                                                under subparagraph (A), the Administration shall require
                                                                                                the grant recipient to contribute an amount equal to 20
                                                                                                percent of the amount of the grant, obtained solely from
                                                                                                non-Federal sources. In addition to cash or other direct
                                                                                                funding, the contribution may include indirect costs or in-
                                                                                                kind contributions paid for under non-Federal programs.
                                                                                             (6) LOANS TO SMALL BUSINESS CONCERNS FROM ELIGIBLE
                                                                                           INTERMEDIARIES.—
                                                                                                   (A) IN GENERAL.—An eligible intermediary shall make
                                                                                                short-term, fixed rate loans to startup, newly established,
                                                                                                and growing small business concerns from the funds made
                                                                                                available to it under subparagraph (B)(i) of paragraph (1)
                                                                                                for working capital and the acquisition of materials, sup-
                                                                                                plies, furniture, fixtures, and equipment.
                                                                                                   (B) PORTFOLIO REQUIREMENT.—To the extent practicable,
                                                                                                each intermediary that operates a microloan program
                                                                                                under this subsection shall maintain a microloan portfolio
                                                                                                with an average loan size of not more than $15,000.
                                                                                                   (C) INTEREST LIMIT.—Notwithstanding any provision of
                                                                                                the laws of any State or the constitution of any State per-
                                                                                                taining to the rate or amount of interest that may be
                                                                                                charged, taken, received, or reserved on a loan, the max-




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                imum rate of interest to be charged on a microloan funded
                                                                                                under this subsection shall not exceed the rate of interest
                                                                                                applicable to a loan made to an intermediary by the Ad-
                                                                                                ministration—




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00092   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        93

                                                                                                        (i) in the case of a loan of more than $7,500 made
                                                                                                     by the intermediary to a small business concern or en-
                                                                                                     trepreneur by more than 7.75 percentage points; and
                                                                                                        (ii) in the case of a loan of not more than $7,500
                                                                                                     made by the intermediary to a small business concern
                                                                                                     or entrepreneur by more than 8.5 percentage points.
                                                                                                   (D) REVIEW RESTRICTION.—The Administration shall not
                                                                                                review individual microloans made by intermediaries prior
                                                                                                to approval.
                                                                                                   (E) ESTABLISHMENT OF CHILD CARE OR TRANSPORTATION
                                                                                                BUSINESSES.—In addition to other eligible small businesses
                                                                                                concerns, borrowers under any program under this sub-
                                                                                                section may include individuals who will use the loan pro-
                                                                                                ceeds to establish for-profit or nonprofit child care estab-
                                                                                                lishments or businesses providing for-profit transportation
                                                                                                services.
                                                                                             (7) PROGRAM FUNDING FOR MICROLOANS.—
                                                                                                   (A) NUMBER OF PARTICIPANTS.—Under the program au-
                                                                                                thorized by this subsection, the Administration may fund,
                                                                                                on a competitive basis, not more than 300 intermediaries.
                                                                                                   (B) ALLOCATION.—
                                                                                                        (i) MINIMUM ALLOCATION.—Subject to the avail-
                                                                                                     ability of appropriations, of the total amount of new
                                                                                                     loan funds made available for award under this sub-
                                                                                                     section in each fiscal year, the Administration shall
                                                                                                     make available for award in each State (including the
                                                                                                     District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto
                                                                                                     Rico, the United States Virgin Islands, Guam, the
                                                                                                     Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, and
                                                                                                     American Samoa) an amount equal to the sum of—
                                                                                                              (I) the lesser of—
                                                                                                                   (aa) $800,000; or
                                                                                                                   (bb) ø1⁄55¿ 1⁄56 of the total amount of new
                                                                                                                 loan funds made available for award under
                                                                                                                 this subsection for that fiscal year; and
                                                                                                              (II) any additional amount, as determined by
                                                                                                           the Administration.
                                                                                                        (ii) REDISTRIBUTION.—If, at the beginning of the
                                                                                                     third quarter of a fiscal year, the Administration de-
                                                                                                     termines that any portion of the amount made avail-
                                                                                                     able to carry out this subsection is unlikely to be made
                                                                                                     available under clause (i) during that fiscal year, the
                                                                                                     Administration may make that portion available for
                                                                                                     award in any one or more States (including the Dis-
                                                                                                     trict of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico,
                                                                                                     the United States Virgin Islands, Guam, the Common-
                                                                                                     wealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, and Amer-
                                                                                                     ican Samoa) without regard to clause (i).
                                                                                             (8) EQUITABLE DISTRIBUTION OF INTERMEDIARIES.—In approv-
                                                                                           ing microloan program applicants and providing funding to
                                                                                           intermediaries under this subsection, the Administration shall




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                           select and provide funding to such intermediaries as will en-
                                                                                           sure appropriate availability of loans for small businesses in
                                                                                           all industries located throughout each State, particularly those
                                                                                           located in urban and in rural areas.




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00093   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        94

                                                                                             (9) GRANTS FOR MANAGEMENT, MARKETING, TECHNICAL AS-
                                                                                           SISTANCE, AND RELATED SERVICES.—
                                                                                                 (A) IN GENERAL.—The Administration may procure tech-
                                                                                                nical assistance for intermediaries participating in the
                                                                                                Microloan Program to ensure that such intermediaries
                                                                                                have the knowledge, skills, and understanding of micro-
                                                                                                lending practices necessary to operate successful microloan
                                                                                                programs.
                                                                                                   (B) ASSISTANCE AMOUNT.—The Administration shall
                                                                                                transfer 7 percent of its annual appropriation for loans and
                                                                                                loan guarantees under this subsection to the Administra-
                                                                                                tion’s Salaries and Expense Account for the specific pur-
                                                                                                pose of providing 1 or more technical assistance grants to
                                                                                                experienced microlending organizations and national and
                                                                                                regional nonprofit organizations that have demonstrated
                                                                                                experience in providing training support for microenter-
                                                                                                prise development and financing. to achieve the purpose
                                                                                                set forth in subparagraph (A).
                                                                                                   (C) WELFARE-TO-WORK MICROLOAN INITIATIVE.—Of
                                                                                                amounts made available to carry out the welfare-to-work
                                                                                                microloan initiative under paragraph (1)(A)(iv) in any fis-
                                                                                                cal year, the Administration may use not more than 5 per-
                                                                                                cent to provide technical assistance, either directly or
                                                                                                through contractors, to welfare-to-work microloan initia-
                                                                                                tive grantees, to ensure that, as grantees, they have the
                                                                                                knowledge, skills, and understanding of microlending and
                                                                                                welfare-to-work transition, and other related issues, to op-
                                                                                                erate a successful welfare-to-work microloan initiative.
                                                                                             (10) REPORT TO CONGRESS.—On November 1, 1995, the Ad-
                                                                                           ministration shall submit to the Committees on Small Busi-
                                                                                           ness of the Senate and the House of Representatives a report,
                                                                                           including the Administration’s evaluation of the effectiveness
                                                                                           of the first 31⁄2 years of the microloan program and the fol-
                                                                                           lowing:
                                                                                                   (A) the numbers and locations of the intermediaries
                                                                                                funded to conduct microloan programs;
                                                                                                   (B) the amounts of each loan and each grant to inter-
                                                                                                mediaries;
                                                                                                   (C) a description of the matching contributions of each
                                                                                                intermediary;
                                                                                                   (D) the numbers and amounts of microloans made by the
                                                                                                intermediaries to small business concern borrowers;
                                                                                                   (E) the repayment history of each intermediary;
                                                                                                   (F) a description of the loan portfolio of each inter-
                                                                                                mediary including the extent to which it provides
                                                                                                microloans to small business concerns in rural areas; and
                                                                                                   (G) any recommendations for legislative changes that
                                                                                                would improve program operations.
                                                                                             (11) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this subsection—
                                                                                                   (A) the term ‘‘intermediary’’ means—
                                                                                                        (i) a private, nonprofit entity;




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                        (ii) a private, nonprofit community development cor-
                                                                                                     poration;
                                                                                                        (iii) a consortium of private, nonprofit organizations
                                                                                                     or nonprofit community development corporations;




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00094   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        95

                                                                                                        (iv) a quasi-governmental economic development en-
                                                                                                     tity (such as a planning and development district),
                                                                                                     other than a State, county, municipal government, or
                                                                                                     any agency thereof, if—
                                                                                                              (I) no application is received from an eligible
                                                                                                           nonprofit organization; or
                                                                                                              (II) the Administration determines that the
                                                                                                           needs of a region or geographic area are not ade-
                                                                                                           quately served by an existing, eligible nonprofit
                                                                                                           organization that has submitted an application; or
                                                                                                        (v) an agency of or nonprofit entity established by a
                                                                                                     Native American Tribal Government,
                                                                                                that seeks to borrow or has borrowed funds from the Ad-
                                                                                                ministration to make microloans to small business con-
                                                                                                cerns under this subsection;
                                                                                                  (B) the term ‘‘microloan’’ means a short-term, fixed rate
                                                                                                loan of not more than $50,000, made by an intermediary
                                                                                                to a startup, newly established, or growing small business
                                                                                                concern;
                                                                                                  (C) the term ‘‘rural area’’ means any political subdivision
                                                                                                or unincorporated area—
                                                                                                        (i) in a nonmetropolitan county (as defined by the
                                                                                                     Secretary of Agriculture) or its equivalent thereof; or
                                                                                                        (ii) in a metropolitan county or its equivalent that
                                                                                                     has a resident population of less than 20,000 if the
                                                                                                     Small Business Administration has determined such
                                                                                                     political subdivision or area to be ørural.¿ rural; and
                                                                                                  (D) the term ‘‘economically distressed area’’, as used in
                                                                                                paragraph (4), means a county or equivalent division of
                                                                                                local government of a State in which the small business
                                                                                                concern is located, in which, according to the most recent
                                                                                                data available from the Bureau of the Census, Department
                                                                                                of Commerce, not less than 40 percent of residents have an
                                                                                                annual income that is at or below the poverty level.
                                                                                              (12) DEFERRED PARTICIPATION LOAN PILOT.—In lieu of mak-
                                                                                           ing direct loans to intermediaries as authorized in paragraph
                                                                                           (1)(B), during fiscal years 1998 through 2000, the Administra-
                                                                                           tion may, on a pilot program basis, participate on a deferred
                                                                                           basis of not less than 90 percent and not more than 100 per-
                                                                                           cent on loans made to intermediaries by a for-profit or non-
                                                                                           profit entity or by alliances of such entities, subject to the fol-
                                                                                           lowing conditions:
                                                                                                  (A) NUMBER OF LOANS.—In carrying out this paragraph,
                                                                                                the Administration shall not participate in providing fi-
                                                                                                nancing on a deferred basis to more than 10 inter-
                                                                                                mediaries in urban areas or more than 10 intermediaries
                                                                                                in rural areas.
                                                                                                  (B) TERM OF LOANS.—The term of each loan shall be 10
                                                                                                years. During the first year of the loan, the intermediary
                                                                                                shall not be required to repay any interest or principal.
                                                                                                During the second through fifth years of the loan, the




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                intermediary shall be required to pay interest only. During
                                                                                                the sixth through tenth years of the loan, the intermediary
                                                                                                shall be required to make interest payments and fully am-
                                                                                                ortize the principal.




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00095   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        96

                                                                                                   (C) INTEREST RATE.—The interest rate on each loan shall
                                                                                                be the rate specified by paragraph (3)(F) for direct loans.
                                                                                              (13) EVALUATION OF WELFARE-TO-WORK MICROLOAN INITIA-
                                                                                           TIVE.—On January 31, 1999, and annually thereafter, the Ad-
                                                                                           ministration shall submit to the Committees on Small Busi-
                                                                                           ness of the House of Representatives and the Senate a report
                                                                                           on any monies distributed pursuant to paragraph (4)(F).
                                                                                         (n) REPAYMENT DEFERRED FOR ACTIVE SERVICE RESERVISTS.—
                                                                                              (1) DEFINITIONS.—In this subsection:
                                                                                                   (A) ACTIVE SERVICE.—The term ‘‘active service’’ has the
                                                                                                meaning given that term in section 101(d)(3) of title 10,
                                                                                                United States Code.
                                                                                                   (B) ELIGIBLE RESERVIST.—The term ‘‘eligible reservist’’
                                                                                                means a member of a reserve component of the Armed
                                                                                                Forces ordered to perform active service for a period of
                                                                                                more than 30 consecutive days.
                                                                                                   (C) ESSENTIAL EMPLOYEE.—The term ‘‘essential em-
                                                                                                ployee’’ means an individual who is employed by a small
                                                                                                business concern and whose managerial or technical exper-
                                                                                                tise is critical to the successful day-to-day operations of
                                                                                                that small business concern.
                                                                                                   (D) QUALIFIED BORROWER.—The term ‘‘qualified bor-
                                                                                                rower’’ means—
                                                                                                        (i) an individual who is an eligible reservist and who
                                                                                                     received a direct loan under subsection (a) or (b) before
                                                                                                     being ordered to active service; or
                                                                                                        (ii) a small business concern that received a direct
                                                                                                     loan under subsection (a) or (b) before an eligible re-
                                                                                                     servist, who is an essential employee, was ordered to
                                                                                                     active service.
                                                                                              (2) DEFERRAL OF DIRECT LOANS.—
                                                                                                   (A) IN GENERAL.—The Administration shall, upon writ-
                                                                                                ten request, defer repayment of principal and interest due
                                                                                                on a direct loan made under subsection (a) or (b), if such
                                                                                                loan was incurred by a qualified borrower.
                                                                                                   (B) PERIOD OF DEFERRAL.—The period of deferral for re-
                                                                                                payment under this paragraph shall begin on the date on
                                                                                                which the eligible reservist is ordered to active service and
                                                                                                shall terminate on the date that is 180 days after the date
                                                                                                such eligible reservist is discharged or released from active
                                                                                                service.
                                                                                                   (C) INTEREST RATE REDUCTION DURING DEFERRAL.—Not-
                                                                                                withstanding any other provision of law, during the period
                                                                                                of deferral described in subparagraph (B), the Administra-
                                                                                                tion may, in its discretion, reduce the interest rate on any
                                                                                                loan qualifying for a deferral under this paragraph.
                                                                                              (3) DEFERRAL OF LOAN GUARANTEES AND OTHER
                                                                                           FINANCINGS.—The Administration shall—
                                                                                                   (A) encourage intermediaries participating in the pro-
                                                                                                gram under subsection (m) to defer repayment of a loan




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                made with proceeds made available under that subsection,
                                                                                                if such loan was incurred by a small business concern that
                                                                                                is eligible to apply for assistance under subsection (b)(3);
                                                                                                and




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00096   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                                        97

                                                                                                  (B) not later than 30 days after the date of the enact-
                                                                                                 ment of this subsection, establish guidelines to—
                                                                                                       (i) encourage lenders and other intermediaries to
                                                                                                    defer repayment of, or provide other relief relating to,
                                                                                                    loan guarantees under subsection (a) and financings
                                                                                                    under section 504 of the Small Business Investment
                                                                                                    Act of 1958 that were incurred by small business con-
                                                                                                    cerns that are eligible to apply for assistance under
                                                                                                    subsection (b)(3), and loan guarantees provided under
                                                                                                    subsection (m) if the intermediary provides relief to a
                                                                                                    small business concern under this paragraph; and
                                                                                                       (ii) implement a program to provide for the deferral
                                                                                                    of repayment or other relief to any intermediary pro-
                                                                                                    viding relief to a small business borrower under this
                                                                                                    paragraph.
                                                                                                *           *            *              *            *          *           *




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00097   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402
                                                                                                                   XVIII. MINORITY VIEWS
                                                                                       The Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands (CNMI) is
                                                                                    one of six U.S. territories. Despite its status as a U.S. territory, the
                                                                                    CNMI has been historically excluded from certain small business
                                                                                    programs. Under my leadership as Chairwoman of the Committee,
                                                                                    the House approved H.R. 6021, the Northern Mariana Islands
                                                                                    Small Business Act, in the 116th Congress. That bill authorized the
                                                                                    establishment of a Small Business Development Center in the
                                                                                    CNMI and gave the territory access to the Federal and State Tech-
                                                                                    nology (FAST) program. The measure was ultimately included in
                                                                                    the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) of 2021, which be-
                                                                                    came law. In January 2022, CNMI formally established a SBDC.
                                                                                       However, efforts to include the CNMI in the Microloan program
                                                                                    were not as successful. The Microloan program, which provides
                                                                                    loans of up to $50,000 through nonprofit intermediaries, is de-
                                                                                    signed to help entrepreneurs and very small businesses access cap-
                                                                                    ital—especially when they do not qualify for traditional bank fi-
                                                                                    nancing. Small businesses in the CNMI, particularly those in the
                                                                                    tourism, retail, and service industries, would greatly benefit from
                                                                                    access to such small dollar loans. These businesses face unique
                                                                                    challenges related to the territory’s geographic isolation, high ship-
                                                                                    ping and logistics costs, limited access to credit, and a relatively
                                                                                    small local consumer base. As a result, they often struggle to se-
                                                                                    cure affordable financing to start or grow their operations.
                                                                                       One of the rules governing the Microloan program is the 1/55
                                                                                    rule, which is a statutory requirement requiring the agency to pro-
                                                                                    vide the lesser of $800,000 or 1/55 of the available Microloan fund-
                                                                                    ing to any state or territory in the first six months of the fiscal
                                                                                    year. Modifying the 1/55 rule to 1/56 to include the CNMI would
                                                                                    have no practical effect given the current level of funding. Each
                                                                                    state or territory would continue to receive $800,000 for the first
                                                                                    six months, and remaining funds would be distributed in the third
                                                                                    quarter without regard to the rule.
                                                                                                                              NYDIA M. VELÁZQUEZ,
                                                                                                                                       Ranking Member.

                                                                                                                                        Æ




tkelley on LAP7H3WLY3PROD with HOUSE REPORT
                                                                                                                                    (98)




                                              VerDate Sep 11 2014   17:26 Jan 04, 2026   Jkt 069006   PO 00000   Frm 00098   Fmt 6604   Sfmt 6611   E:\HR\OC\HR402.XXX   HR402


File and source

File
CRPT-119hrpt402.pdf
Size
1,529,398 bytes
SHA-256
6eb245cddff1087111c58f6f3067a074335782b981040713257ec9eb622a2fc3
Our copy
CRPT-119hrpt402.pdf
Original
No public link identified.
Back to top